WO2009123160A1 - Drawn film, drawn film manufacturing method, and polarizer - Google Patents
Drawn film, drawn film manufacturing method, and polarizer Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2009123160A1 WO2009123160A1 PCT/JP2009/056577 JP2009056577W WO2009123160A1 WO 2009123160 A1 WO2009123160 A1 WO 2009123160A1 JP 2009056577 W JP2009056577 W JP 2009056577W WO 2009123160 A1 WO2009123160 A1 WO 2009123160A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- film
- rth
- acid
- temperature
- measured
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
- 0 C*C(C(*C)(N)N)C(ON)=O Chemical compound C*C(C(*C)(N)N)C(ON)=O 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C55/00—Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor
- B29C55/02—Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets
- B29C55/04—Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets uniaxial, e.g. oblique
- B29C55/06—Shaping by stretching, e.g. drawing through a die; Apparatus therefor of plates or sheets uniaxial, e.g. oblique parallel with the direction of feed
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3025—Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
- G02B5/3033—Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2001/00—Use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives, e.g. viscose, as moulding material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2995/00—Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
- B29K2995/0018—Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds having particular optical properties, e.g. fluorescent or phosphorescent
- B29K2995/0031—Refractive
- B29K2995/0032—Birefringent
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2345/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having no unsaturated aliphatic radicals in side chain, and having one or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds in a carbocyclic or in a heterocyclic ring system; Derivatives of such polymers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2365/00—Characterised by the use of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain; Derivatives of such polymers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1335—Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
- G02F1/133528—Polarisers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F2201/00—Constructional arrangements not provided for in groups G02F1/00 - G02F7/00
- G02F2201/50—Protective arrangements
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a stretched film, a method for producing the stretched film, and a polarizing plate.
- the polarizing plate is usually produced by bonding a protective film mainly composed of cellulose triacetate on both sides of a polarizing film in which iodine or a dichroic dye is oriented and adsorbed on polyvinyl alcohol.
- a protective film mainly composed of cellulose triacetate is widely used as the above-mentioned protective film for polarizing plate because of its characteristics such as toughness, flame retardancy, and high optical isotropy (low retardation value).
- the liquid crystal display device includes a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal cell.
- an optical compensation sheet also referred to as an optical compensation film
- a cyclic olefin resin film has been proposed as a material for the protective film.
- a solution casting method in which a dope in which a resin or other additive is used as a solution is cast on a support is known.
- the solvent volatilizes, the solvent volatilizes from the upper surface of the film, resulting in superposition of molecular chains, forming a state as if the molecules are stacked.
- the retardation (Rth) in the thickness direction tends to be high.
- the invention specifying the stretching conditions for producing the functional film is disclosed in, for example, Patent Documents 2 and 3, but the temperature conditions for actively reducing the Rth of the film formed by the solution casting method are as follows. There is no mention of a technique for searching or setting an optimum temperature including film additives to obtain a functional film having desired optical properties.
- JP-A-8-50206 JP 2006-235085 A Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-150115
- the thermal decomposition point of the polymer is exceeded and the decomposition of the polymer starts. If the polymer is decomposed, free acid is generated or the film color changes, so it is very important to stretch at a temperature below the decomposition point.
- the volatility of the additive increases with respect to the film temperature, and the intended optical properties may not be obtained.
- the expression of optical characteristics varies depending on the type, structure, and additives of the polymer, and the optimum temperature range cannot be determined only by Tg and the crystallization temperature.
- the present invention there is nothing to do with the Tg or crystallinity of the polymer, and the temperature at which the Rth that is initially expressed by the solution casting method is lowered to the intended Rth and the weight reduction of the film. It has been found that by arbitrarily selecting a temperature having a low rate and low volatility, the film can be arbitrarily stretched to exhibit arbitrary optical properties. That is, the present invention provides a stretched film obtained by stretching a film formed by a solution casting method, wherein the stretched Rth value is lower than the initial Rth value and the weight reduction rate is small. The purpose is to provide.
- a film formed by a solution casting method having an initial retardation of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction is stretched at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), and measured by TG-DTA at the temperature T
- the stretched film is characterized in that the weight loss rate for 60 minutes is 5% or less.
- Formula I) 0.2 ⁇ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ⁇ 0.9
- a polarizing plate having a polarizer and two protective films on both sides of the polarizer, wherein at least one of the two protective films is a stretched film according to any one of 1 to 8 above . 10.
- a step of stretching a film formed by a solution casting method having an initial value of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), and TG-DTA at the temperature T A method for producing a stretched film, wherein the weight loss rate measured for 60 minutes is 5% or less.
- the stretched film has optical properties useful as each functional film.
- the polarizing plate which was rich in durability using this stretched film can be provided.
- the stretched film of the present invention is obtained by stretching a film formed by a solution casting method having an initial value of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I).
- the weight loss rate for 60 minutes measured by TG-DTA at T is 5% or less.
- Formula I) 0.2 ⁇ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ⁇ 0.9
- any film formed by a solution casting method can be used, but a cyclic olefin resin film (also referred to as a cyclic polyolefin film) or a cellulose resin film is preferable.
- the cyclic polyolefin film contains at least a cyclic olefin resin (also referred to as a cyclic polyolefin resin or a cyclic polyolefin).
- the cellulose resin film contains at least a cellulose resin. The cyclic olefin resin and the cellulose resin will be described below.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin represents a polymer resin having a cyclic polyolefin structure.
- the polymer resin having a cyclic olefin structure that can be used in the present invention include (1) a norbornene polymer, (2) a monocyclic olefin polymer, (3) a cyclic conjugated diene polymer, (4) Vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers and hydrides of (1) to (4).
- the polymer resin preferably used in the present invention is an addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefin containing at least one repeating unit represented by the following general formula (7) and, if necessary, the general formula (6).
- An addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefin further comprising at least one or more repeating units.
- a ring-opening (co) polymer containing at least one cyclic repeating unit represented by the general formula (8) can also be suitably used.
- m represents an integer of 0 to 4.
- R 1 to R 6 are a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
- X 1 to X 3 , Y 1 to Y 3 are hydrogen atoms, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a halogen atom.
- a substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms — (CH 2 ) n COOR 11 , — (CH 2 ) n OCOR 12 , — (CH 2 ) n NCO, — (CH 2 ) n NO 2 , — ( CH 2 ) n CN, — (CH 2 ) n CONR 13 R 14 , — (CH 2 ) n NR 13 R 14 , — (CH 2 ) n OZ, — (CH 2 ) n W, or X 1 and Y 1
- (—CO) 2 O and (—CO) 2 NR 15 composed of X 2 and Y 2 or X 3 and Y 3 are shown.
- R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Z is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group substituted with halogen, and W is SiR 16 p D 3-p (R 16 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, D is a halogen atom, —OCOR 15 or —OR 16 , p is an integer of 0 to 3), n is an integer of 0 to 10 Show.
- the thickness direction retardation (Rth) of the film is increased and the in-plane retardation (Re) is expressed.
- the sex can be increased.
- a film having a high Re developability can increase the Re value by stretching in the film forming process.
- norbornene-based addition (co) polymer those disclosed in JP-A-10-7732, JP-T 2002-504184, US2004229157A1 or International Publication No. 2004 / 070463A1 may be used. it can. It can be obtained by addition polymerization of norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds.
- norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds and conjugated dienes such as ethylene, propylene, butene, butadiene and isoprene; non-conjugated dienes such as ethylidene norbornene; acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride
- linear diene compounds such as acid, acrylic acid ester, methacrylic acid ester, maleimide, vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride.
- this norbornene type addition (co) polymer a commercial item can also be used.
- grades such as APL8008T (Tg70 ° C), APL6013T (Tg125 ° C), or APL6015T (Tg145 ° C), which are sold under the trade name of Apel from Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. and have different glass transition temperatures (Tg), are used. There is. Pellets such as TOPAS 8007, 6013, and 6015 are sold by Polyplastics Co., Ltd. Further, Appear 3000 is sold by Ferrania.
- Norbornene-based polymer hydrides are disclosed in JP-A-1-240517, JP-A-7-196736, JP-A-60-26024, JP-A-62-19807, JP-A-2003-1159767, or As disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-309979 and the like, those prepared by hydrogenation after polycyclic unsaturated compounds are subjected to addition polymerization or metathesis ring-opening polymerization can be used.
- R 5 to R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or —CH 3
- X 3 and Y 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom, Cl, —COOCH 3 , and other groups are appropriately selected.
- the This norbornene-based resin may be a commercially available product.
- JSR Co., Ltd. is sold under the trade name of Arton G or Arton F, and ZEONOR from Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. ) ZF14, ZF16, Zeonex 250 or ZEONEX 280 are commercially available and can be used.
- the cyclic polyolefin resin that can be used in the present invention has a mass average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of 5,000 to 1,000,000 in terms of polystyrene molecular weight. It is preferably 10,000 to 500,000, more preferably 50,000 to 300,000. Moreover, it is preferable that molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn; Mn is the number average molecular weight measured by GPC) is 10 or less, More preferably, it is 5.0 or less, More preferably, it is 3.0 or less.
- the glass transition temperature (Tg; measured by DSC) is preferably 50 to 350 ° C., more preferably 80 to 330 ° C., still more preferably 100 to 300 ° C.
- the cellulose resin that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the substitution degree of all acyl groups is 2.0 to 2.95.
- the cellulose resin is preferably a cellulose ester, and more preferably cellulose acylate.
- Examples of the raw material cellulose for the cellulose resin include cotton linter and wood pulp (hardwood pulp, conifer pulp). Cellulose resins obtained from any raw material cellulose can be used, and in some cases, they may be mixed and used.
- the cellulose ester that can be preferably used in the present invention will be described in detail.
- the ⁇ -1,4-bonded glucose unit constituting cellulose has free hydroxyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions.
- the cellulose ester is a polymer obtained by esterifying some or all of these hydroxyl groups with an acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms.
- the degree of acyl substitution means the ratio in which the hydroxyl groups of cellulose located at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position are esterified (100% esterification has a substitution degree of 1).
- the total acyl substitution degree that is, DS2 + DS3 + DS6 is preferably 2.1 to 2.9, more preferably 2.1 to 2.7, and particularly preferably 2.3 to 2.6.
- DS6 / (DS2 + DS3 + DS6) is preferably 0.08 to 0.66, more preferably 0.15 to 0.60, and still more preferably 0.20 to 0.45.
- DS2 is the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group at the 2-position of the glucose unit with an acyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “degree of acyl substitution at the 2-position”)
- DS3 is the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group at the 3-position with an acyl group (hereinafter, referred to as “acyl group”).
- DS6 is the substitution degree of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position with an acyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “acyl substitution degree at the 6-position”).
- DS6 / (DS2 + DS3 + DS6) is the ratio of the acyl substitution degree at the 6-position to the total acyl substitution degree, and is hereinafter also referred to as “acyl substitution rate at the 6-position”.
- the cellulose resin preferably has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent.
- the acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferably a propionyl group or a butyryl group.
- one of them is preferably an acetyl group.
- DSA is the sum of the substitution degrees of the hydroxyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions by the acetyl group
- DSB is the sum of the substitution degrees of the 2nd, 3rd and 6th hydroxyl groups by the propionyl group or butyryl group.
- the value is preferably from 2.0 to 2.9. More preferably, the DSA + DSB value is 2.3 to 2.8, and the DSB value is 0.10 to 1.70. More preferably, the value of DSA + DSB is 2.40 to 2.50, and the value of DSB is 0.5 to 1.2. It is preferable that the DSA and DSB values be in the above ranges because a film having a small change in Re value and Rth value due to environmental humidity can be obtained. Further, 28% or more of DSB is preferably a substituent at the 6-position hydroxyl group, more preferably 30% or more is a substituent at the 6-position hydroxyl group, and 31% or more is a substituent at the 6-position hydroxyl group.
- 32% or more is particularly preferably a substituent of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position.
- These cellulose esters can produce a solution having preferable solubility, and in particular, a non-chlorine organic solvent can be used to produce a good solution. Furthermore, it becomes possible to produce a solution having a low viscosity and good filterability.
- the acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms of the cellulose ester may be an aliphatic group or an aryl group and is not particularly limited. These are, for example, cellulose alkylcarbonyl esters, alkenylcarbonyl esters, aromatic carbonyl esters, aromatic alkylcarbonyl esters, and the like, each of which may further have a substituted group.
- Preferred examples thereof include propionyl, butanoyl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, octanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, isobutanoyl, tert -Butanoyl group, cyclohexanecarbonyl group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, cinnamoyl group and the like.
- a propionyl group, a butanoyl group, a dodecanoyl group, an octadecanoyl group, a tert-butanoyl group, an oleoyl group, a benzoyl group, a naphthylcarbonyl group, a cinnamoyl group, and the like are more preferable, and a propionyl group and a butanoyl group are particularly preferable. is there.
- an organic acid such as acetic acid or methylene chloride is used as an organic solvent as a reaction solvent.
- the catalyst when the acylating agent is an acid anhydride, a protic catalyst such as sulfuric acid is preferably used, and when the acylating agent is an acid chloride (for example, CH 3 CH 2 COCl), Basic compounds are used.
- cellulose mixed fatty acid ester The most common industrial synthesis method of cellulose mixed fatty acid ester is to use cellulose corresponding to fatty acid corresponding to acetyl group and other acyl groups (acetic acid, propionic acid, valeric acid, etc.) or their acid anhydrides. This is a method of acylating with a mixed organic acid component.
- the cellulose ester that can be used in the present invention can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
- the film of the present invention may contain an additive.
- the additive will be described below.
- known low molecular weight additives and high molecular weight additives can be widely employed as additives for cellulose acylate films and cyclic polyolefin films.
- the film of the present invention preferably contains at least one additive represented by the following general formulas (1) to (5) as an additive.
- R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group
- R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
- the total number of carbon atoms of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is 10 or more.
- R 4 and R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The total number of carbon atoms of R 4 and R 5 is 10 or more, and each of the alkyl group and aryl group may have a substituent.
- a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfone group, and a sulfonamide group are preferable, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfone group, and a sulfonamide group are particularly preferable.
- the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 25, and more preferably 6 to 20 (Eg, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, amyl, isoamyl, t-amyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, bicyclooctyl, nonyl, adamantyl, decyl, t-octyl, undecyl, Dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, didecyl) are particularly preferred.
- Eg methyl, ethyl, propyl
- aryl group those having 6 to 30 carbon atoms are preferable, and those having 6 to 24 carbon atoms (for example, phenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl, naphthyl, binaphthyl, triphenylphenyl) are particularly preferable. Details of these additives are described in JP-A-2005-139304, [0016] to [0022].
- R 11 represents an aryl group.
- R 12 and R 13 each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of them is an aryl group. Moreover, the alkyl group and the aryl group may each have a substituent.
- R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represents an alkyl group. Moreover, each alkyl group may have a substituent.
- R 31 , R 32 , R 33 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group.
- X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each a single bond, —CO— and NR 35 — (R 35 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group)
- R 35 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group
- Z 31 represents an (a + b + c + d) -valent organic group (excluding a cyclic group). Details of these additives are described in JP-A-2007-272177, [0075] to [0085].
- the stretched film of the present invention may contain a retardation adjusting agent.
- a compound having one or more aromatic rings is preferable, a compound having 2 to 15 aromatic rings is more preferable, and a compound having 3 to 10 aromatic rings is more preferable.
- the atoms other than the aromatic ring in the compound are preferably arranged in the same plane as the aromatic ring, and when there are a plurality of aromatic rings, the aromatic rings are also arranged in the same plane. Is preferred.
- the presence state of the additive in the film is preferably such that the aromatic ring plane is in a direction parallel to the film surface. Specific examples of such compounds are described, for example, as “retardation increasing agents” on pages 6 to 38 of JP-A No. 2006-235483, and these can be used as appropriate. Particularly preferred.
- the polymer additive is selected from polyester polymers, styrene polymers, acrylic polymers, and copolymers thereof, and aliphatic polyesters, aromatic polyesters, acrylic polymers, and styrene polymers are preferable.
- the polyester polymer used in the present invention comprises a mixture of an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and an aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, an aliphatic diol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 4 to 20 carbon atoms. Those obtained by reaction with at least one diol selected from alkyl ether diols and aromatic diols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. Although both ends of the reaction product may remain as the reaction product, so-called end-capping may be carried out by further reacting monocarboxylic acids, monoalcohols or phenols.
- the dicarboxylic acid used in the polyester polymer is preferably an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms preferably used in the present invention include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, and azelaic acid. , Sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid.
- aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 20 carbon atoms examples include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,8 -Naphthalenedicarboxylic acid and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
- preferred aliphatic dicarboxylic acids are malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid.
- aromatic dicarboxylic acid phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid are preferable.
- the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid component is succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid
- the aromatic dicarboxylic acid is phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and isophthalic acid.
- the aforementioned aliphatic dicarboxylic acid and aromatic dicarboxylic acid are used in combination of at least one of them, but the combination is not particularly limited, and there is no problem even if several kinds of each component are combined.
- Diols or aromatic ring-containing diols used for high molecular weight additives include, for example, aliphatic diols having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, alkyl ether diols having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and aromatic ring-containing diols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is chosen from.
- Examples of the aliphatic diol having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include alkyl diols and alicyclic diols such as ethane diol, 1,2-propane diol, 1,3-propane diol, 1,2-butane.
- Preferred aliphatic diols include ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1 , 4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, particularly preferred Is ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6- Hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedio
- alkyl ether diol having 4 to 20 carbon atoms preferably include polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyethylene ether glycol, polypropylene ether glycol, and combinations thereof.
- the average degree of polymerization is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, further 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 4.
- Examples of these typically commercially available polyether glycols include Carbowax resin, Pluronics® resin and Niax resin.
- aromatic diol having 6 to 20 carbon atoms examples include, but are not limited to, bisphenol A, 1,2-hydroxybenzene, 1,3-hydroxybenzene, 1,4-hydroxybenzene, and 1,4-benzenedimethanol. Of these, bisphenol A, 1,4-hydroxybenzene, and 1,4-benzenedimethanol are preferred.
- a high molecular weight additive having a terminal sealed with an alkyl group or an aromatic group is preferred. This is because the terminal is protected with a hydrophobic functional group, which is effective against deterioration with time at high temperature and high humidity, and is due to the role of delaying hydrolysis of the ester group. It is preferable to protect with a monoalcohol residue or a monocarboxylic acid residue so that both ends of the polyester additive do not become carboxylic acid or OH group.
- the monoalcohol is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monoalcohol having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol.
- Octanol isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, tert-nonyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, dodecahexanol, aliphatic alcohols such as dodecaoctanol, allyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 3-phenyl Examples include substituted alcohols such as propanol.
- End-capping alcohols that can be preferably used are methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol
- Benzyl alcohol in particular methanol, ethanol, propanol, isobutanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol.
- the monocarboxylic acid used as the monocarboxylic acid residue is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. These may be aliphatic monocarboxylic acids or aromatic ring-containing carboxylic acids.
- Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids are described, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, and examples of the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid include Benzoic acid, p-tert-butylbenzoic acid, p-tert-amylbenzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethylbenzoic acid, ethylbenzoic acid, normal propylbenzoic acid, aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, etc. Yes, these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Such additives may be synthesized by a conventional method, a hot melt condensation method using a polyesterification reaction or a transesterification reaction between the dicarboxylic acid and a diol and / or a monocarboxylic acid or monoalcohol for end-capping, or by using these acids. It can be easily synthesized by any of the interfacial condensation methods of acid chloride and glycols.
- polyester-based additives are described in detail in Koichi Murai, “Additives, Theory and Application” (Kokaibo Co., Ltd., first edition published on March 1, 1973). Also, JP-A Nos.
- PA is phthalic acid
- TPA is terephthalic acid
- IPA is isophthalic acid
- AA is adipic acid
- SA is succinic acid
- 2,6-NPA is 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid
- 2 , 8-NPA is 2,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid
- 1,5-NPA is 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid
- 1,4-NPA is 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid
- 1,8-NPA is 1,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid is shown respectively.
- the polyester-based polymer preferably has a number average molecular weight of 700 to 10,000, more preferably a number average molecular weight of 800 to 8000, still more preferably a number average molecular weight of 800 to 5000, and particularly preferably a number average molecular weight of 1,000 to 5,000. is there. By setting it as such a range, it is more excellent in compatibility.
- R 41 to R 48 may each independently have a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom-containing linking group.
- a carbocycle or a heterocycle (these carbocycles and heterocycles may have a monocyclic structure or other rings may be condensed to form a polycyclic structure) may be formed.
- the general formula (9) is a structural unit obtained from an aromatic vinyl monomer.
- aromatic vinyl monomers include styrene; alkyl-substituted styrenes such as ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene; halogen substitution such as 4-chlorostyrene and 4-bromostyrene.
- Styrenes hydroxystyrenes such as p-hydroxystyrene, ⁇ -methyl-p-hydroxystyrene, 2-methyl-4-hydroxystyrene, 3,4-dihydroxystyrene; vinyl benzyl alcohols; p-methoxystyrene, p- alkoxy-substituted styrenes such as t-butoxystyrene and mt-butoxystyrene; vinyl benzoic acids such as 3-vinylbenzoic acid and 4-vinylbenzoic acid; methyl-4-vinylbenzoate, ethyl-4-vinylbenzoate, and the like Vinyl benzoates; 4-vinyl benzyl ester Tate; 4-acetoxystyrene; amide styrenes such as 2-butylamidostyrene, 4-methylamidostyrene, p-sulfonamidostyrene; 3-aminostyrene
- General formula (10) is a structural unit obtained from an acrylate monomer.
- the acrylate monomer include, for example, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-) Pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid Nonyl (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid ( ⁇ -caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2- Hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-me
- Two or more of these monomers may be used as a copolymerization component.
- methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), or a methacrylic ester instead of the acrylate is preferred.
- the additive may be a copolymer including both the structure represented by the general formula (9) and the structure represented by the general formula (10). Moreover, it is preferable that it is a thing excellent in the said monomer and copolymerization as another structure which comprises a copolymer composition.
- Examples include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-methyl-cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 4-methyl-cis-1 -Acid anhydrides such as cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, nitrile group-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile; amides such as acrylamide, methacrylamide, trifluoromethanesulfonylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate Bond-containing radical polymerizable monomers; Fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl acetate; Chlorine-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride; Conjugates such as 1,3-butadiene, isoprene and 1,4-dimethylbutadiene Diolefins can be mentioned but are
- the copolymer when using the copolymer as described above, it is preferable to contain at least 30 mol% of the structure represented by the general formula (9) in the copolymer composition. Moreover, it is preferable that the structure shown by General formula (10) is included at least 20 mol% or more. Moreover, it is preferable that the ratio of another copolymerization component is 50 mol% or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (9) or (10) is preferably 500 or more and 300,000 or less, and is excellent in compatibility with the binder and transparency of the film after film formation. In order to obtain a film exhibiting good expression of characteristics, it is more preferably 500 or more and 15000 or less, and particularly preferably 500 or more and 5000 or less.
- the weight average molecular weight of the compound is a value measured by GPC (developing solvent: tetrahydrofuran, polystyrene conversion method).
- the additives preferably used in the present invention described above can also be synthesized.
- the additive of the general formula (1) can be obtained by a condensation reaction between a sulfonyl chloride derivative and an amine derivative.
- the compound of the general formula (2) can be obtained by oxidation reaction of sulfide or Friedel-Crafts reaction of aromatic compound and sulfonic acid chloride.
- the additive amount represented by the general formulas (1) to (5) preferably used in the present invention is, for example, 5% by mass or more with respect to the resin constituting the film.
- the content is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 30% by mass. If the amount added is less than 5% by mass, the moisture content * oxygen permeability value is (1) low: poor polarizing plate bonding suitability and easy to peel off after polarizing plate processing (2) high: wet heat durability test The problem of poor durability may occur.
- the said additive may be used 1 type, or may use 2 or more types. When two or more types are used, the addition amount of two or more types of additives is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 20 to 30% by mass of the resin constituting the film. Is more preferable.
- the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (9) or (10) preferably used in the present invention described above is preferably 5 to 40% by mass of the resin constituting the film, and the transparency after film formation In order to obtain a film that is excellent in optical properties and exhibits good optical properties, it is more preferably 20 to 30% by mass.
- the total content of the compounds having a structure represented by two or more types of the general formula (9) or (10) is preferably 5 to 40% by mass of the resin constituting the film. In order to obtain a film that is excellent and exhibits good optical properties, it is more preferably 20 to 30% by mass.
- additives may be used independently or may mix and use 2 or more types of additives by arbitrary ratios.
- timing for adding these additives may be any of the steps for preparing a solution (dope) of the resin constituting the film, or may be performed at the end of the dope preparation step.
- the amount is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 8 to 35% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the polymer contained in the film.
- Fine particles By adding fine particles to the film of the present invention, the film formation stability and processability of the film can be further improved, and the optical unevenness of the film due to winding crease can be reduced.
- fine particles that can be used in the present invention fine particles of organic or inorganic compounds can be used.
- Inorganic compounds include silicon-containing compounds, silicon dioxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, aluminum oxide, barium oxide, zirconium oxide, strongtium oxide, antimony oxide, tin oxide, tin oxide / antimony, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, Preferred are calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate, and more preferred are inorganic compounds and metal oxides containing silicon. That is, in the present invention, a metal oxide or an inorganic silicon compound is preferably used as the fine particles. In the present invention, since the turbidity of the film can be reduced, silicon dioxide is particularly preferably used.
- silicon dioxide fine particles for example, commercially available products having a trade name such as Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used.
- fine particles of zirconium oxide for example, those commercially available under trade names such as Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used.
- organic compound examples include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, starch and the like, and pulverized and classified products thereof.
- a polymer compound synthesized by a suspension polymerization method, a polymer compound made spherical by a spray drying method, a dispersion method, or the like can be used.
- the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 0.001 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.001 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.002 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of keeping the haze low.
- the thickness is 0.005 ⁇ m to 0.5 ⁇ m.
- the measurement of the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is obtained by the average particle diameter of the particles with a transmission electron microscope.
- the purchased fine particles are often agglomerated and are preferably dispersed by a known method before use.
- the secondary particle diameter is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m to 1.5 ⁇ m by dispersion, and more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m to 1 ⁇ m.
- the addition amount of fine particles is preferably 0.01 to 0.3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.2 parts by mass, and 0.08 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the film. Most preferred is 0.12 parts by mass.
- the average particle diameter is preferably 0.001 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and still more preferably 0.01 ⁇ m. ⁇ 5 ⁇ m.
- the content is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 10% by mass in the whole film regardless of the case where it is dispersed in the form of particles such as spheres and irregular shapes, or in the form of molecules. Is 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass.
- the preferable light transmittance range of the film of the present invention is 88.0% or more, more preferably 89.0% or more, and particularly preferably 90.0% or more.
- the transmittance was measured at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm with a spectrophotometer (U-3210, Hitachi, Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and 60% RH for a 13 mm ⁇ 40 mm sample.
- the method of incorporating the above compound into the film is not particularly limited, but a method of casting a solution containing the resin constituting the film and the above compound to form a film, and the resin constituting the film into the film after casting. Examples thereof include a method of applying a coating solution containing the above compound or a method of casting in multiple layers.
- a method for producing a film comprising a step of dissolving a resin constituting a film in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding, wherein at least one surface of the film after casting
- a method for producing a film comprising a step of applying a coating liquid containing at least one compound on the top. It is more preferable that the film is produced by one of the above two methods, and a film suitable as an optical film having excellent flatness and uniformity can be produced.
- a solution containing the resin constituting the film and the above compound is cast to form a film.
- the compound may be dissolved or dispersed when preparing the resin solution constituting the film, or the compound solution or dispersion may be added immediately before casting the resin solution constituting the film. It may be added.
- known methods such as a normal stirrer, a soft high-speed stirrer for a homogenizer, a dispersion using a medium such as a ball mill, a paint shaker, and a dyno mill, and an ultrasonic disperser can be used.
- a surfactant or polymer usually used as a dispersion aid may be added.
- the “coating liquid” may contain the above compound as a main component. Simply apply a solution or dispersion obtained by dissolving or dispersing the above compound in a suitable solvent onto the surface of a layer (ie, a film after casting) containing a resin as a main component (ie, a film after casting). A liquid may be applied. Moreover, the coating liquid may contain the binder, and the layer containing the said compound may be formed by coating this coating liquid. The coating liquid can be applied to one side or both sides of a layer mainly composed of a resin constituting the film.
- the binder for forming the compound layer is not particularly limited, and may be a lipophilic binder or a hydrophilic binder.
- oleophilic binder known thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins, radiation curable resins, reactive resins, and mixtures thereof can be used.
- the Tg of the resin is preferably 80 ° C. to 400 ° C., more preferably 120 ° C. to 350 ° C.
- the mass average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 500,000.
- the same dispersion method as the above-mentioned method 1 can be used, and a small amount of a surfactant or polymer usually used as a dispersion aid may be added.
- thermoplastic resin examples include vinyl chloride / vinyl acetate copolymers, vinyl chloride, copolymers of vinyl acetate and vinyl alcohol, maleic acid and / or acrylic acid, vinyl chloride / vinylidene chloride copolymers, vinyl chloride / Acrylonitrile copolymer, vinyl copolymer such as ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, cellulose derivatives such as nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate resin, cyclic polyolefin resin, acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, Polyvinyl butyral resin, polyester polyurethane resin, polyether polyurethane, polycarbonate polyurethane resin, polyester resin, polyether resin, polyamide resin, amino resin, styrene butadiene resin, butadiene resin Rubber-based resins such as Rironitoriru resins, silicone resins, and fluorine resins.
- the thickness of the layer containing the compound is preferably 0.0001
- additives for example, deterioration inhibitors, UV inhibitors, peeling accelerators, plasticizers, infrared absorbers, etc.
- deterioration inhibitors for example, UV inhibitors, peeling accelerators, plasticizers, infrared absorbers, etc.
- they can be solid or oily. That is, the melting point and boiling point are not particularly limited.
- mixing of an ultraviolet absorbing material at 20 ° C. or lower and 20 ° C. or higher, and a mixture of deterioration preventing agents are also possible.
- infrared absorbing dyes are described in, for example, JP-A-2001-194522.
- the addition time may be added at any time in the resin solution (dope) production process of the resin constituting the film, but it is performed by adding an additive to the final preparation process of the dope preparation process. Also good. Furthermore, the amount of each material added is not particularly limited as long as the function is exhibited. Moreover, when a film is formed from a multilayer, the kind and addition amount of the additive of each layer may differ.
- a known deterioration (oxidation) inhibitor such as 2,6-di-t-butyl, 4-methylphenol, 4,4′-thiobis- (6-t-butyl-3-) is added to the resin solution constituting the film.
- a phenolic or hydroquinone antioxidant such as tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] can be added.
- tris (4-methoxy-3,5-diphenyl) phosphite tris (nonylphenyl) phosphite, tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis (2,6-di-t
- a phosphorus-based antioxidant such as -butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite and bis (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite.
- the antioxidant is added in an amount of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the film.
- an ultraviolet absorber can be added to the resin solution constituting the film.
- the ultraviolet absorber those excellent in the ability to absorb ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and having a small absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more are preferably used from the viewpoint of good liquid crystal display properties.
- Specific examples of ultraviolet absorbers preferably used in the present invention include, for example, hindered phenol compounds, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds Etc.
- hindered phenol compounds examples include 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate].
- benzotriazole compounds include 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol), (2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -1,3,5- Triazine, triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], N, N′-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4- Hydroxy-hydrocinnamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, 2 (2′-hydroxy-3 ′, 5′-di-tert-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenz
- plasticizer A plasticizer can be added to the film of the present invention. Specifically, phthalate ester, trimellitic ester, aliphatic dibasic ester, orthophosphate ester, acetate ester, polyester / epoxidized ester, ricinoleate ester, polyolefin, polyethylene A glycol type compound can be mentioned.
- the plasticizer that can be used is preferably selected from a compound having a normal temperature, normal pressure, liquid, and a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher.
- a compound having a normal temperature, normal pressure, liquid, and a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher As specific compound names, the following can be exemplified.
- the aliphatic dibasic acid ester system include dioctyl adipate (230 ° C./760 mmHg), dibutyl adipate (145 ° C./4 mmHg), di-2-ethylhexyl adipate (335 ° C./760 mmHg), dibutyl diglycol adipate (230-240).
- the amount of the plasticizer added is 0.5 to 40.0 parts by mass, preferably 1.0 to 30.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 3.0 to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the film. To 20.0 parts by mass. If the added amount of the plasticizer is less than this, the plastic effect is insufficient and the processability is not improved. On the other hand, the plasticizer may be separated and eluted over time for a long time, which is not preferable because optical unevenness and contamination of other parts occur.
- a film can be manufactured by either of the following two manufacturing methods. 1. A method for producing a film comprising a resin constituting a film, and optionally a step of dissolving or dispersing at least one compound in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding. 2.
- a method for producing a film comprising a step of dissolving a resin constituting a film in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding, wherein, if desired, at least the film after casting
- the manufacturing method of the film including the process of coating the coating liquid containing an at least 1 sort (s) of compound on one surface. Moreover, it extends
- the two production methods 1 and 2 differ in how the compound is incorporated into the film.
- the compound is dissolved or dispersed in the same layer with respect to the layer containing the resin constituting the film as the main component, whereas in the method 2 the layer containing the resin constituting the film as the main component.
- a coating solution containing a compound is applied.
- the manufacturing method of 1 described above is dissolved or dispersed in (dissolving step, dope preparation). , Except for the addition, is the same as the production method of 2 above.
- each material component is dissolved in a solvent described later to prepare a resin solution (dope) constituting the film.
- a method by stirring and dissolving at room temperature a method of cooling and dissolving by stirring at room temperature to swell the resin constituting the film, cooling from -20 to -100 ° C., and heating again to 20 to 100 ° C.
- a high-temperature dissolution method that dissolves at a temperature equal to or higher than the boiling point of the main solvent in a closed container, and a method that dissolves at a high temperature and high pressure up to the critical point of the solvent.
- Resins having good solubility are preferably dissolved at room temperature, but resins having poor solubility are dissolved by heating in a sealed container. If the solubility is not so bad, it is more efficient to select a temperature as low as possible.
- the viscosity of the dope is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 Pa ⁇ s at 25 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 200 Pa ⁇ s.
- Viscosity can be measured by using 1 mL of a sample solution in a rheometer (CLS 500) using a Steel Cone (both manufactured by TA Instruments) with a diameter of 4 cm / 2 °. Measurement is started after the sample solution is kept warm at the measurement start temperature until the liquid temperature becomes constant.
- the solvent used to prepare the dope is not particularly limited as long as the object can be achieved as long as the resin or the like constituting the film can be dissolved and cast and formed.
- the solvent used in the present invention is, for example, a solvent selected from chlorinated solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, chain hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, cyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, ketones and ethers. preferable.
- the ester, ketone and ether may have a cyclic structure. Examples of chain hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include hexane, octane, isooctane and decane.
- Examples of cyclic hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include cyclopentane, cyclohexane and derivatives thereof.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include benzene, toluene, xylene and the like.
- Examples of esters having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl formate, propyl formate, pentyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and pentyl acetate.
- ketones having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone.
- ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenetole.
- the organic solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups include 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol and 2-butoxyethanol.
- the preferable boiling point of the organic solvent is 35 ° C. or more and 150 ° C. or less.
- the solvent used in the present invention can be used by mixing two or more kinds of solvents in order to adjust solution properties such as drying property and viscosity, and further, as long as the resin constituting the film is dissolved in the mixed solvent. It is also possible to add a poor solvent.
- a preferred poor solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the polymer type to be used.
- alcohols can be preferably used.
- the alcohols may preferably be linear, branched or cyclic, and among them, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable.
- the hydroxyl group of the alcohol may be any of primary to tertiary. Examples of the alcohol include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol and cyclohexanol.
- fluorine-based alcohol is also used.
- Examples thereof include 2-fluoroethanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, and the like.
- monohydric alcohols have a peeling resistance reducing effect and can be preferably used.
- Particularly preferred alcohols vary depending on the good solvent selected, but considering the drying load, alcohols having a boiling point of 120 ° C. or lower are preferred, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferred, and those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred. Alcohols can be used particularly preferably.
- a particularly preferred mixed solvent is a combination in which dichloromethane is the main solvent and one or more alcohols selected from methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, or butanol are poor solvents.
- the cyclic polyolefin solution is characterized in that a high concentration dope can be obtained by appropriately selecting a solvent to be used, and a cyclic polyolefin solution having a high concentration and excellent stability can be obtained without relying on a means of concentration. . Furthermore, in order to make it easy to melt
- the concentration method is not particularly limited. For example, the low concentration solution is guided between the cylinder and the rotation trajectory of the outer periphery of the rotating blade rotating in the circumferential direction, and the temperature between the solution and the solution is determined.
- a method of obtaining a high-concentration solution while evaporating the solvent by giving a difference for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-259511
- blowing a heated low-concentration solution into the container from the nozzle blowing a heated low-concentration solution into the container from the nozzle,
- the solvent is flash evaporated and the solvent vapor is withdrawn from the container and the concentrated solution is withdrawn from the bottom of the container
- the solvent is flash evaporated and the solvent vapor is withdrawn from the container and the concentrated solution is withdrawn from the bottom of the container
- a filter having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m is preferably used, and a filter having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.5 ⁇ m to 25 ⁇ m is more preferable.
- the thickness of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 10 mm, more preferably 0.2 mm to 2 mm.
- the filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, more preferably 1.3 MPa or less, further 1.0 MPa or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 MPa or less.
- the filter medium conventionally known materials such as glass fibers, cellulose fibers, filter paper, and fluororesins such as tetrafluoroethylene resin can be preferably used, and ceramics and metals are also preferably used.
- the viscosity of the dope just before film formation may be within a range that allows casting, and is usually adjusted to a range of 5 Pa ⁇ s to 1000 Pa ⁇ s, preferably 15 Pa ⁇ s to 500 Pa ⁇ s. More preferred is 30 Pa ⁇ s to 200 Pa ⁇ s.
- the temperature at this time is not particularly limited as long as it is a temperature at the time of casting, but is preferably ⁇ 5 to 70 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 5 to 35 ° C.
- the same solution casting film forming method and solution casting film forming apparatus as those used for producing a film made of conventional cellulose triacetate are used.
- the dope prepared from the dissolving machine (kettle) is temporarily stored in a storage kettle, and the foam contained in the dope is defoamed for final preparation.
- the dope is sent from the dope discharge port to the pressure die through a pressure metering gear pump capable of delivering a constant amount of liquid with high accuracy, for example, by the number of rotations, and the dope is run endlessly from the die (slit) of the pressure die.
- the dry-dried dope film (also referred to as web) is peeled off from the metal support at a peeling point that is uniformly cast on the metal support and substantially rounds the metal support. Both ends of the obtained web are sandwiched between clips, transported with a tenter and dried, then transported with a roll group of a drying device, dried, and wound up to a predetermined length with a winder.
- the combination of the tenter and the roll group dryer varies depending on the purpose.
- surface processing on films such as an undercoat layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a protective layer, etc. Therefore, a coating device is often added. Although each manufacturing process is described briefly below, it is not limited to these.
- the dope is preferably cast on an endless metal support, such as a metal drum or metal support (band or belt), and the solvent is evaporated to form a film.
- the dope before casting is preferably adjusted in concentration so that the amount of resin constituting the film is 10 to 35% by mass.
- the surface of the drum or band is preferably finished in a mirror state.
- the dope is preferably cast on a drum or band having a surface temperature of 30 ° C. or less, and particularly preferably at a metal support temperature of ⁇ 50 to 20 ° C.
- the cellulose acylate film-forming techniques described in JP-A-55-014201, JP-A-2-111511, and JP-A-2-208650 can be applied in the present invention.
- the dope may be cast as a single layer liquid on a smooth band or a drum as a metal support, or a plurality of dopes of two or more layers may be cast.
- a film may be produced by casting and laminating the dopes from a plurality of casting openings provided at intervals in the traveling direction of the metal support.
- the methods described in JP-A-61-158414, JP-A-1-122419, and JP-A-11-198285 can be applied.
- the film can also be formed by casting a dope from two casting ports. For example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-27562, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
- a film casting method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-162617 may be a film casting method in which a flow of a high viscosity dope is wrapped with a low viscosity dope and the high and low viscosity dopes are extruded simultaneously.
- the outer solution described in JP-A-61-94724 and JP-A-61-94725 contains a larger amount of an alcohol component which is a poor solvent than the inner solution.
- the film is formed by peeling the film formed on the metal support by the first casting port using the two casting ports, and performing the second casting on the side in contact with the metal support surface.
- the cast dope may be the same solution or different dope, and is not particularly limited. In order to give a function to a plurality of resin layers, a dope corresponding to the function may be extruded from each casting port. Further, the dope may be cast by simultaneously casting other functional layers (for example, an adhesive layer, a dye layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a matting agent layer, a UV absorbing layer, a polarizing layer).
- the inner and outer thicknesses are not particularly limited, but the outer side is preferably 1 to 50% of the total film thickness, more preferably 2 to 30%.
- the total thickness of the layer in contact with the metal support and the layer in contact with the air side is defined as the outer thickness.
- a film having a laminated structure can be produced by co-casting the above-mentioned dopes having different additive concentrations.
- a film having a structure of skin layer / core layer / skin layer can be produced.
- the deterioration inhibitor and the ultraviolet absorber can be contained in the core layer more than the skin layer, and may be contained only in the core layer.
- the skin layer may contain a low volatility deterioration inhibitor and / or an ultraviolet absorber so that the core layer is plastic. It is also possible to add an excellent plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber excellent in ultraviolet absorption. Moreover, it is also a preferable aspect to contain a peeling accelerator only in the skin layer on the metal support side. It is also preferable to add more alcohol, which is a poor solvent, to the skin layer than the core layer in order to cool the metal support by the cooling drum method to gel the solution.
- the Tg of the skin layer and the core layer may be different, and the Tg of the core layer is preferably lower than the Tg of the skin layer.
- the viscosity of the dope at the time of casting may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer is preferably smaller than the viscosity of the core layer, but the viscosity of the core layer is smaller than the viscosity of the skin layer. Also good.
- a dope casting method a method of uniformly extruding the prepared dope from a pressure die onto a metal support, a method using a doctor blade for adjusting the film thickness of the dope once cast on the metal support with a blade
- a reverse roll coater that adjusts with a reverse rotating roll
- the pressure die includes a coat hanger type and a T die type, and any of them can be preferably used.
- it can be carried out by various methods of casting a cellulose triacetate solution known in the art, and by setting each condition in consideration of differences in the boiling point of the solvent used, etc.
- the endlessly running metal support used for producing the film of the present invention includes a drum whose surface is mirror-finished by chrome plating and a stainless steel belt whose surface is mirror-finished by surface polishing (may be called a band) Is used.
- One or two or more pressure dies used for producing the film of the present invention may be installed above the metal support. Preferably 1 or 2 groups. When two or more units are installed, the amount of dope to be cast may be divided into various ratios for each die, or the dope may be fed to the dies from each of a plurality of precision quantitative gear pumps.
- the temperature of the dope used for casting is preferably ⁇ 10 to 55 ° C., more preferably 25 to 50 ° C. In that case, all of the processes may be the same, or may be different at various points in the process. If they are different, the temperature may be a desired temperature just before casting.
- the drying of the dope on the metal support involved in the production of the film is generally performed by applying hot air from the surface side of the metal support (for example, drum or band), that is, the surface of the web on the metal support, Method of applying hot air from the back side of the band, contacting the temperature controlled liquid from the back side opposite to the band or drum dope casting surface, and heating the drum or band by heat transfer to control the surface temperature
- the back surface liquid heat transfer method is preferable.
- the surface temperature of the metal support before casting may be any number as long as it is not higher than the boiling point of the solvent used for the dope. However, in order to promote drying and to lose fluidity on the metal support, the temperature should be set to 1 to 10 degrees below the boiling point of the lowest boiling solvent used. Is preferred. This is not the case when the casting dope is cooled and peeled off without drying.
- peeling When peeling a raw dry film from a metal support, if the peeling resistance (peeling load) is large, the film is irregularly stretched in the film forming direction, resulting in uneven optical anisotropy. In particular, when the peeling load is large, a portion stretched stepwise in the film forming direction and a portion unstretched are alternately generated, resulting in a distribution in retardation. When loaded in a liquid crystal display device, the line or strip becomes uneven. In order not to cause such a problem, it is preferable to set the peeling load of the film to 0.25 N or less per 1 cm of the film peeling width.
- the peeling load is more preferably 0.2 N / cm or less, further preferably 0.15 N or less, and particularly preferably 0.10 N or less.
- the peeling load is 0.2 N / cm or less, even in a liquid crystal display device in which unevenness is likely to appear, no unevenness due to peeling is observed, which is particularly preferable.
- As a method for reducing the peeling load there are a method of adding a release agent as described above and a method of selecting a solvent composition to be used.
- the peel load is measured as follows. The dope is dropped on a metal plate having the same material and surface roughness as the metal support of the film forming apparatus, spread to a uniform thickness using a doctor blade, and dried.
- Rth (I) is This is the initial value of Rth of the film.
- the temperature T can be determined by measuring the Tg of the film and then actually processing the film at each temperature of Tg / Tg + 30 ° C./Tg+60° C./Tg+90° C. and then evaluating each optical characteristic.
- the method of stretching the web For example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is applied to a plurality of rolls, and the roll circumferential speed difference is used to stretch the rolls in the longitudinal direction. And a method of stretching in the vertical direction, a method of stretching in the horizontal direction and stretching in the horizontal direction, or a method of stretching in the vertical and horizontal directions and stretching in both the vertical and horizontal directions. Of course, these methods may be used in combination. More specifically, when the clip portion is driven by the linear drive method, smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage or the like can be reduced, so the tenter method is more preferable.
- stretching can be performed by a one-side five-chuck stretching method using a film biaxial stretching apparatus 11A9 manufactured by Imoto Seisakusho.
- the temperature of the biaxial stretching apparatus is raised to the temperature T, and the film is grasped as quickly as possible by opening the lid in a stable state. Immediately close the lid and wait until the temperature reaches temperature T again. When the temperature reaches, leave it in that state for 3 minutes. When the incubation period is over, open the lid, remove the sample, and cool immediately.
- the temperature of the biaxial stretching apparatus is raised to the temperature T, and in a stable state, the lid is opened and the film is gripped as quickly as possible.
- the purpose of stretching is (1) to obtain a film having excellent flatness without wrinkles and deformation, and (2) to increase the in-plane retardation of the film.
- stretching is performed for the purpose of (1), stretching is performed at a relatively high temperature, and stretching is performed at a low magnification from 1% to 10% at most. A stretch of 2% to 5% is particularly preferred.
- stretching is performed at a relatively low temperature and a stretching ratio of 5% to 150%.
- the stretching of the film may be uniaxial stretching only in the longitudinal or lateral direction, or simultaneous or sequential biaxial stretching.
- the birefringence of the optical compensation film for a VA liquid crystal cell or OCB liquid crystal cell is preferably such that the refractive index in the width direction is larger than the refractive index in the length direction. Therefore, it is preferable to stretch more in the width direction.
- the film of the present invention has a weight loss rate of 60% or less as measured by TG-DTA at a temperature T satisfying the formula I). If the weight loss rate is greater than 5%, it is not preferable because of thermal decomposition of molecules and volatilization substances contaminating the stretching process.
- the weight reduction rate is preferably 4% or less, and more preferably 3% or less.
- the film is further dried after stretching, and wound up with a residual volatile content of 2% or less.
- the thickness of the finished stretched film (after drying) of the present invention varies depending on the purpose of use, but is usually in the range of 20 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 30 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m, and in particular for liquid crystal display devices, it is 40 ⁇ m to 110 ⁇ m. Preferably there is.
- the stretched film thickness may be adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration contained in the dope, the slit gap of the die base, the extrusion pressure from the die, the metal support speed, and the like so as to obtain a desired thickness.
- the width of the stretched film obtained as described above is preferably 0.5 m to 3 m, more preferably 0.6 m to 2.5 m, and still more preferably 0.8 m to 2.2 m. If the width of the film is 0.5 m or more, the productivity is not reduced, and if it is 3 m or less, the web handling property is not deteriorated or the optical uniformity of the film is not reduced. This is preferable because undesirable phenomena such as streaks do not occur.
- the length is preferably 100 m to 10,000 m per roll, more preferably 500 m to 7000 m, and still more preferably 1000 m to 6000 m.
- the film length is 100 m or more, there is no reduction in productivity due to an increase in the frequency of roll exchange, and if it is 10000 m or less, the web handling property is not deteriorated, and the optical uniformity of the film is further reduced. Is preferable because no undesirable phenomenon such as twisting or streaking occurs in the film.
- knurling is preferably applied to at least one end, the width is 3 mm to 50 mm, more preferably 5 m to 30 mm, and the height is 0.5 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 200 ⁇ m. This may be a single push or a double push.
- the variation in the Re value over the entire width is preferably ⁇ 5 nm, and more preferably ⁇ 3 nm.
- the variation of the Rth value is preferably ⁇ 10 nm, and more preferably ⁇ 5 nm. Further, it is preferable that the variation in the Re value and the Rth value in the length direction is also within the range of the variation in the width direction. In order to maintain transparency, the haze is preferably 0.01 to 2%.
- the preferred optical properties of the stretched film of the present invention vary depending on the application of the film, but in the present invention, the stretched optical properties preferably satisfy 25 nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 100 nm and 50 nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 300 nm. Moreover, it is more preferable to satisfy 50 nm ⁇ Re ⁇ 70 nm and 90 nm ⁇ Rth ⁇ 120 nm.
- the stretched film of the present invention satisfies the following conditions from the use of an optical film for a liquid crystal display device, particularly a retardation film for a VA panel.
- the stretched film of the present invention preferably has a haze of 3% or less.
- the haze is measured on a film sample of 40 mm ⁇ 80 mm at 25 ° C. and 60% RH with a haze meter “HGM-2DP” (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) according to JIS K-6714.
- the stretched film of the present invention can realize desired optical characteristics by appropriately adjusting the process conditions such as the structure of the resin used, the type and amount of additives, the stretch ratio, the residual volatile content during peeling, and the like.
- Re ( ⁇ ) and Rth ( ⁇ ) respectively represent in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction at a wavelength ⁇ .
- Re ( ⁇ ) is measured by making light having a wavelength of ⁇ nm incident in the normal direction of the film in KOBRA 21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). In selecting the measurement wavelength ⁇ nm, the wavelength selection filter can be exchanged manually, or the measured value can be converted by a program or the like.
- Rth ( ⁇ ) is calculated by the following method.
- Rth ( ⁇ ) is Re ( ⁇ ), with the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH) as the tilt axis (rotary axis) (in the absence of the slow axis, any direction in the film plane) Is measured in 6 points from the inclined direction in 10 degree steps from the normal direction to 50 degrees on one side with respect to the normal direction of the film.
- KOBRA 21ADH is calculated based on the retardation value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film thickness value.
- the retardation value is measured from any two directions with the slow axis as the tilt axis (rotary axis) (in the absence of the slow axis, the arbitrary direction in the film plane is the rotational axis), and the value Rth can also be calculated from the following formulas (1) and (2) based on the assumed average refractive index and the input film thickness value.
- the assumed value of the average refractive index values in the polymer handbook (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.) and catalogs of various optical films can be used. Those whose average refractive index is not known can be measured with an Abbe refractometer.
- the average refractive index values of main optical films are exemplified below: cellulose acylate (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49), Polystyrene (1.59).
- Re ( ⁇ ) represents a retardation value in a direction inclined by an angle ⁇ from the normal direction.
- the optical compensation film of the present invention may be the stretched film itself of the present invention or may have other constituent layers described below. Moreover, it is desirable to contain a substituent having a large polarizability at an appropriate ratio in the molecule.
- the in-plane retardation (Re) is preferably 5 nm or less, and more preferably 3 nm or less.
- the thickness direction retardation (Rth) is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 35 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less.
- the protective film for polarizing plates of the present invention may be the stretched film itself of the present invention or may have other constituent layers described below.
- the polarizing plate usually has a polarizer and two transparent protective films disposed on both sides thereof. And the polarizing plate of this invention uses the protective film for polarizing plates of this invention as both or one protective film. When the protective film for polarizing plates of the present invention is used only on one side, a normal cellulose acetate film or the like may be used for the other protective film.
- the polarizer include an iodine polarizer, a dye polarizer using a dichroic dye, and a polyene polarizer.
- the iodine-based polarizer and the dye-based polarizer are generally produced using a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film.
- PVA is a polymer material obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, but may contain components copolymerizable with vinyl acetate such as unsaturated carboxylic acids, unsaturated sulfonic acids, olefins, and vinyl ethers. .
- modified PVA containing an acetoacetyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, an oxyalkylene group, or the like can also be used.
- the degree of saponification of PVA is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 80 to 100 mol%, particularly preferably from 90 to 100 mol%, from the viewpoint of solubility and the like.
- the polymerization degree of PVA is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 1500 to 5000.
- the syndiotacticity of PVA is preferably 55% or more for improving durability as described in Japanese Patent No. 2978219, but 45 to 52.5% described in Japanese Patent No. 3317494 is also preferably used. Can do.
- the stretched film of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate and a retardation film
- the film is subjected to a surface treatment as described later, and then the film treated surface and a polarizer are bonded together using an adhesive.
- the polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and a protective film that protects both surfaces of the polarizer, and is further constructed by laminating a protective film on one surface of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the opposite surface.
- the protective film and the separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection.
- the protect film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used on the side opposite to the surface where the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
- a separate film is used in order to cover the contact bonding layer bonded to a liquid crystal plate, and is used for the surface side which bonds a polarizing plate to a liquid crystal plate.
- the method of bonding the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention to the polarizer is preferably bonded so that the transmission axis of the polarizer matches the slow axis of the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention.
- the orthogonality accuracy between the slow axis of the protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention and the absorption axis of the polarizer is It was found that when the angle was larger than 1 °, the polarization degree performance under the polarizing plate crossed Nicols was reduced and light leakage occurred. In this case, when combined with a liquid crystal cell, sufficient black level and contrast cannot be obtained.
- the deviation between the direction of the main refractive index nx of the protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizing plate is preferably within 1 °, preferably within 0.5 °.
- UV3100PC manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation
- measurement is performed in the range of 380 nm to 780 nm, and the average value of 10 measurements can be used for the single plate, parallel, and orthogonal transmittance.
- the amount of change before and after the test is small.
- two polarizing plates are placed in crossed Nicols at 60 ° C. and 90% RH, and the light transmittance after 500 hours has been compared with the transmittance before the test. Can evaluate sex.
- Change rate of transmittance that is, ⁇ (light transmittance at crossed Nicols after polarizing plate durability test) ⁇ (light transmittance at crossed Nicols before polarizing plate durability test) ⁇ / (before polarizing plate durability test)
- the light transmittance at the time of crossed Nicols) ⁇ 100 (%) is preferably as small as possible, and is preferably 0.5% or less.
- the protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably subjected to a surface treatment on the surface of the stretched film in order to improve the adhesion with the polarizer.
- a surface treatment any method may be used as long as the adhesiveness can be improved.
- Preferred examples of the surface treatment include glow discharge treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, corona treatment, and flame treatment.
- the glow discharge treatment here refers to so-called low temperature plasma that occurs under low pressure gas. In the present invention, plasma treatment under atmospheric pressure is also preferable.
- the details of the glow discharge treatment are described in US Pat. No. 3,462,335, US Pat. No. 3,761,299, US Pat. No. 4,072,769, and British Patent No. 891469.
- a method described in JP-A-59-556430 in which the gas composition of the discharge atmosphere is changed to only the gas species generated in the container by the discharge treatment of the polyester support itself after the start of discharge is also used. Also, the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-16614, in which the surface temperature of the film is set to 80 ° C. or higher and 180 ° C. or lower when the vacuum glow discharge treatment is performed, can be applied.
- the degree of vacuum during the glow discharge treatment is preferably 0.5 Pa to 3000 Pa, more preferably 2 Pa to 300 Pa.
- the voltage is preferably between 500V and 5000V, more preferably between 500V and 3000V.
- the discharge frequency to be used is from direct current to several thousand MHz, more preferably 50 Hz to 20 MHz, and further preferably 1 KHz to 1 MHz.
- the discharge treatment intensity is preferably 0.01 KV ⁇ A ⁇ min / m 2 to 5 KV ⁇ A ⁇ min / m 2 , more preferably 0.15 KV ⁇ A ⁇ min / m 2 to 1 KV ⁇ A ⁇ min / m 2 . is there.
- the mercury lamp is a high-pressure mercury lamp made of a quartz tube and preferably has an ultraviolet wavelength of 180 to 380 nm.
- a high pressure mercury lamp with a dominant wavelength of 365 nm can be used as long as the surface temperature of the protective film rises to around 150 ° C. in terms of the performance of the support.
- a low-pressure mercury lamp having a dominant wavelength of 254 nm is preferable.
- a high pressure mercury lamp for a 365nm main wavelength irradiation dose 20mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 10000mJ / cm 2 C., more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 2000mJ / cm 2.
- the low-pressure mercury lamp for a 254nm main wavelength the irradiation light intensity 100mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 10000mJ / cm 2 C., more preferably 300mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 1500mJ / cm 2.
- a corona discharge treatment as the surface treatment.
- it can be carried out by the processing methods described in JP-B-39-12838, JP-A-47-19824, JP-A-48-28067, and JP-A-52-42114.
- a corona discharge treatment apparatus a solid state corona treatment machine manufactured by Pillar, a LEPEL type surface treatment machine, a VETAPHON type treatment machine, or the like can be used.
- the treatment can be performed at normal pressure in air.
- the discharge frequency during the treatment is 5 KV to 40 KV, more preferably 10 KV to 30 KV, and the waveform is preferably an AC sine wave.
- the gap transparent lance between the electrode and the dielectric roll is 0.1 mm to 10 mm, more preferably 1.0 mm to 2.0 mm.
- the discharge is processed above a dielectric support roller provided in the discharge zone, and the treatment amount is 0.34 KV ⁇ A ⁇ min / m 2 to 0.4 KV ⁇ A ⁇ min / m 2 , more preferably 0.344 KV.
- a flame treatment as the surface treatment.
- the gas used may be natural gas, liquefied propane gas, or city gas, but the mixing ratio with air is important. This is because the effect of surface treatment by flame treatment is considered to be brought about by plasma containing active oxygen, and the point is how much plasma activity (temperature) and oxygen are important properties of flame. is there. The governing factor of this point is the gas / oxygen ratio. When the reaction is carried out without excess or deficiency, the energy density is the highest and the plasma activity is increased. Specifically, a preferable mixing ratio of natural gas / air is 1/6 to 1/10, preferably 1/7 to 1/9 by volume.
- the amount of flame treatment is 1 Kcal / m 2 to 50 Kcal / m 2 , more preferably 3 Kcal / m 2 to 20 Kcal / m 2 .
- the distance between the tip of the burner's internal flame and the film is preferably 3 cm to 7 cm, more preferably 4 cm to 6 cm.
- the burner nozzle shapes are: Flynburner (US) ribbon type, Wise (US) multi-hole type, Aerogen (UK) ribbon type, Kasuga Electric (Japan) staggered multi-hole type, Koike Oxygen ( Japan) is preferred.
- the backup roll that supports the film for the flame treatment is a hollow roll, and is preferably cooled at a constant temperature of 20 ° C. to 50 ° C. by cooling with cooling water.
- the degree of surface treatment the preferred range varies depending on the type of surface treatment and the type of resin used, but as a result of the surface treatment, the contact angle of the surface of the protective film subjected to the surface treatment with pure water is 50 °. It is preferable that it becomes less than.
- the contact angle is more preferably 25 ° or more and less than 45 °.
- an adhesive containing a water-soluble polymer is preferably used.
- Water-soluble polymers preferably used for the adhesive include N-vinylpyrrolidone, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, ⁇ -hydroxyethyl acrylate, ⁇ -hydroxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol, methyl vinyl ether, vinyl acetate.
- Preferred PVA characteristics when PVA is used for the adhesive are the same as the preferred characteristics of PVA used for the polarizer described above.
- a crosslinking agent in combination.
- the cross-linking agent preferably used in combination with PVA as an adhesive include boric acid, polyvalent aldehyde, polyfunctional isocyanate compound, polyfunctional epoxy compound, and the like, but boric acid is particularly preferred in the present invention.
- lime-processed gelatin, acid-processed gelatin, enzyme-processed gelatin, gelatin derivatives and modified gelatin can be used. Of these gelatins, lime-processed gelatin and acid-processed gelatin are preferably used.
- the crosslinking agent preferably used in combination is an active halogen compound (2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxy-1,3,5-triazine and its sodium salt) and an active vinyl compound ( 1,3-bisvinylsulfonyl-2-propanol, 1,2-bisvinylsulfonylacetamido) ethane, bis (vinylsulfonylmethyl) ether or vinyl polymers having a vinylsulfonyl group in the side chain), N-carbamoylpyridinium salts (Such as (1-morpholinocarbonyl-3-pyridinio) methanesulfonate) and haloamidinium salts (such as 1- (1-chloro-1-pyridinomethylene) pyrrolidinium 2-naphthalenesulfonate).
- an active halogen compound and an active vinyl compound are particularly preferably used.
- the preferred addition amount of the crosslinking agent is 0.1 parts by mass or more and less than 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the water-soluble polymer in the adhesive. 5 parts by mass or more and less than 30 parts by mass. It is preferable to apply an adhesive to at least one surface of the protective film or the polarizer, form an adhesive layer, and bond the adhesive film, and apply the adhesive to the surface-treated surface of the protective film to form an adhesive layer. Is preferably bonded to the surface of the polarizer.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.05 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m after drying.
- Antireflection layer It is preferable to provide a functional layer such as an antireflection layer on the transparent protective film disposed on the opposite side of the polarizing plate from the liquid crystal cell.
- a functional layer such as an antireflection layer
- at least a light scattering layer and a low refractive index layer are laminated in this order on a transparent protective film, or a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer are formed on this transparent protective film.
- An antireflection layer laminated in order is preferably used.
- a hard coat layer a forward scattering layer, a primer layer, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, a protective layer, and the like may be provided.
- the hard coat layer is provided on the surface of the transparent support in order to impart physical strength to the transparent protective film provided with the antireflection layer. In particular, it is preferably provided between the transparent support and the high refractive index layer.
- the hard coat layer is preferably formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of a light and / or heat curable compound.
- the curable functional group a photopolymerizable functional group is preferable, and the organometallic compound containing a hydrolyzable functional group is preferably an organic alkoxysilyl compound. Specific examples of these compounds are the same as those exemplified for the high refractive index layer.
- Specific examples of the composition of the hard coat layer include those described in JP-A Nos.
- the high refractive index layer can also serve as a hard coat layer. In such a case, it is preferable to form fine particles dispersed in the hard coat layer using the method described for the high refractive index layer.
- the hard coat layer can also serve as an antiglare layer containing particles having an average particle size of 0.2 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m and imparting an antiglare function (antiglare function).
- the film thickness of the hard coat layer can be appropriately designed depending on the application.
- the film thickness of the hard coat layer is preferably 0.2 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m to 7 ⁇ m.
- the strength of the hard coat layer is preferably H or higher, more preferably 2H or higher, and most preferably 3H or higher in a pencil hardness test according to JIS K5400. Further, in the Taber test according to JIS K5400, the smaller the wear amount of the test piece before and after the test, the better.
- Antistatic layer When an antistatic layer is provided, it is preferable to impart conductivity with a volume resistivity of 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ cm ⁇ 3 or less. Volume resistivity of 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ cm ⁇ 3 can be given by using hygroscopic substances, water-soluble inorganic salts, certain surfactants, cationic polymers, anionic polymers, colloidal silica, etc. However, there is a problem that sufficient conductivity cannot be secured at low humidity. Therefore, a metal oxide is preferable as the antistatic layer material. Some metal oxides are colored, but if these metal oxides are used as the antistatic layer material, the entire film is colored, which is not preferable.
- Zn, Ti, Al, In, Si, Mg, Ba, Mo, W, or V can be given as the metal that forms the metal oxide without coloring, and a metal oxide containing this as a main component should be used.
- a metal oxide containing this as a main component should be used.
- Specific examples include ZnO, TiO 2 , SnO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , In 2 O 3 , SiO 3 , MgO, BaO, MoO 3 , V 2 O 5 , or a composite oxide thereof.
- ZnO, TiO 2 and SnO 2 are preferable.
- Examples of containing different atoms include, for example, additives such as Al and In for ZnO, addition of Sb, Nb and halogen elements for SnO 2 , and Nb and TA for TiO 2 .
- the antistatic layer May have a surface resistance value of about 10 ⁇ 10 ⁇ / ⁇ or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ 8 ⁇ / ⁇ .
- the surface resistance value of the antistatic layer needs to be measured as a value when the antistatic layer is the outermost layer, and can be measured in the middle of forming the laminated film described in this specification.
- liquid crystal display device of the present invention having at least one of the stretched film, the polarizing plate protective film, the optical compensation film, and the polarizing plate will be described.
- the stretched film of the present invention, the optical compensation film having the film, and the polarizing plate using the film can be used for liquid crystal cells and liquid crystal display devices in various display modes.
- TN Transmission Nematic
- IPS In-Plane Switching
- FLC Fluoroelectric Liquid Crystal
- AFLC Anti-Ferroelectric Liquid Nyst
- HAN Hybrid Aligned Nematic
- ECB Electrode Controlled Birefringence
- the IPS mode, ECB mode, OCB mode or VA mode can be preferably used.
- the stretched film of the present invention is particularly advantageously used as a support for an optical compensation sheet of an IPS liquid crystal display device and an ECB liquid crystal display device having IPS mode and ECB mode liquid crystal cells, or as a protective film for a polarizing plate.
- the liquid crystal material is aligned substantially in parallel during black display, and black is displayed by aligning liquid crystal molecules in parallel with the substrate surface in the absence of applied voltage.
- the polarizing plate using the stretched film of the present invention contributes to widening the viewing angle and improving the contrast.
- the OCB mode liquid crystal cell is a liquid crystal display device using a bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned in a substantially opposite direction (symmetrically) between an upper portion and a lower portion of the liquid crystal cell.
- OCB mode liquid crystal cells are disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 4,583,825 and 5,410,422. Since the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are aligned symmetrically between the upper part and the lower part of the liquid crystal cell, the bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell has a self-optical compensation function. For this reason, this liquid crystal mode is also called an OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend) liquid crystal mode.
- the bend alignment mode liquid crystal display device has an advantage of high response speed.
- VA type liquid crystal display device In a VA mode liquid crystal cell, rod-like liquid crystal molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied.
- the VA mode liquid crystal cell includes: (1) a narrowly defined VA mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied, and substantially horizontally when a voltage is applied (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-).
- the VA mode liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof.
- the liquid crystal cell carries a liquid crystal between two electrode substrates.
- the optical compensation film of the present invention is disposed between the liquid crystal cell and one polarizing plate, or between the liquid crystal cell and both polarizing plates. Place two in between.
- an optical compensation film having the stretched film of the present invention is used as a transparent protective film of a polarizing plate disposed between a liquid crystal cell and a polarizer. That is, the transparent protective film of the polarizing plate can also serve as an optical compensation film.
- the above optical compensation film may be used only for the transparent protective film (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer) of one polarizing plate, or between the polarizing plates (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer).
- the above optical compensation film may be used for the two transparent protective films.
- the optical compensation film is used only for one polarizing plate, it is particularly preferable to use it as a protective film for the liquid crystal cell side of the backlight side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal cell.
- the stretched film of the present invention is preferably on the VA cell side.
- the other protective film may be a commonly used cellulose acylate film.
- 40 ⁇ m to 80 ⁇ m are preferable, and examples include, but are not limited to, commercially available KC4UX2M (40 ⁇ m manufactured by Konica Capto), KC5UX (60 ⁇ m manufactured by Konica Capto), TD80 (80 ⁇ m manufactured by Fuji Photo Film), and the like. .
- an optical compensation film is used to expand the viewing angle.
- a film provided with an optically anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is hybrid-aligned and fixed on an optically uniaxial or biaxial film is used.
- the optical compensation film for TN cell a film in which an optical anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is fixed in a hybrid orientation is fixed on a film having optical isotropy or an optical axis in the thickness direction.
- the stretched film of the present invention is also useful for producing the optical compensation film for OCB cell and TN cell.
- ⁇ Synthesis of Cyclic Polyolefin Polymer K-1 100 parts by mass of purified toluene and 100 parts by mass of norbornene carboxylic acid methyl ester were charged into a reaction kettle. Next, ethylhexanoate-Ni 25 mmol% (based on monomer weight) dissolved in toluene, tri (pentafluorophenyl) boron 0.225 mol% (based on monomer weight), and triethylaluminum 0.25 mol% (based on monomer weight) dissolved in toluene ) was charged into the reaction kettle. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours at room temperature with stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was put into excess ethanol to produce a polymer precipitate. The cyclic polyolefin polymer K-1 obtained by purifying the precipitate was vacuum dried at 65 ° C. for 24 hours.
- the obtained polymer When the obtained polymer was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and the molecular weight was measured by GPC, the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight was 79,000, and the weight average molecular weight was 205,000.
- the refractive index of the obtained polymer measured by Abbe refractometer was 1.52.
- Example 1 The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component, and then filtered through a filter paper having an average pore size of 34 ⁇ m and a sintered metal filter having an average pore size of 10 ⁇ m to prepare a dope for film formation.
- Cyclic polyolefin polymer K-1 100 parts by mass Dichloromethane 325 parts by mass Methanol 28.5 parts by mass The following additive A 20 parts by mass The following additive B 10 parts by mass The following additive E 0.3 parts by mass
- the above dope was cast with a band casting machine.
- the film peeled off from the band with a residual solvent amount of about 30% by mass was dried by applying hot air at 140 ° C. while being held by a tenter. Thereafter, the tenter transport was shifted to the roll transport, and further dried at 120 to 140 ° C. to obtain a 1440 mm wide cyclic olefin resin film.
- the film thickness was 25 ⁇ m.
- the prepared dope was cast with a band casting machine.
- Stretching was performed by the tenter method, but the film once wound may be stretched again. In that case, (1) the wound film is sent out, and (2) the film is placed in a stretching zone adjusted to the temperature T. , (3) stretching, and (4) rewinding.
- Weight reduction rate (%) [ ⁇ (initial film weight) ⁇ (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes) ⁇ / (initial film weight)] ⁇ 100 (5)
- Initial value of film haze (%) The haze is JIS K-6714 using a haze meter “HGM-2DP” (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and 60% RH for a film sample of 40 mm ⁇ 80 mm.
- ⁇ Re (60w) (Re ⁇ After) ⁇ (Re ⁇ Before)
- Rth (60w) (Rth ⁇ After) ⁇ (Rth ⁇ Before) Evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
- Film wavelength dispersibility Re ( ⁇ ) and Rth ( ⁇ ) represent in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction at wavelength ⁇ , respectively.
- Re ( ⁇ ) is measured by making light having a wavelength of ⁇ nm incident in the normal direction of the film in KOBRA 21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
- the film wavelength dispersibility ( ⁇ Re) was determined by Re (440) ⁇ Re (630).
- Examples 2 to 57 and Comparative Examples 1 to 8 A stretched film was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymers and additives shown in Tables 2 to 5 were used and the production conditions shown in Tables 2 to 5 were changed. The results are shown in Tables 6-9.
- Additives A to G, X, and Y are as follows. Additive A: Toagosei Co., Ltd., trade name UH2041 Additive B: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., trade name UH2180
- Additive E Product name IRG1010, manufactured by Ciba Additive F: Triphenyl phosphate Additive G: Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate Additive X: Polyester polymer P-64 Additive Y: Polyester polymer P-6
- the additive amount is the part by mass of the additive with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer.
- the stretched film produced by the production method of the present invention has optical characteristics useful as each functional film, and can be suitably used, for example, as a protective film for a polarizing plate.
- This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on March 31, 2008 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2008-94235), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、延伸フィルム、延伸フィルムの製造方法、および偏光板に関する。 The present invention relates to a stretched film, a method for producing the stretched film, and a polarizing plate.
偏光板は、通常、ヨウ素もしくは二色性染料をポリビニルアルコールに配向吸着させた偏光膜の両側にセルローストリアセテートを主成分とする保護フィルムを貼り合わせることにより製造されている。セルローストリアセテートは、強靭性、難燃性、光学的等方性が高い(レターデーション値が低い)などの特徴により上述の偏光板用保護フィルムとして広く使用されている。液晶表示装置は、偏光板と液晶セル等から構成されている。現在、特許文献1に記載のように、光学補償シート(光学補償フィルムとも言う)を偏光板と液晶セルの間に挿入することにより、表示品位の高い液晶表示装置が実現されている。 The polarizing plate is usually produced by bonding a protective film mainly composed of cellulose triacetate on both sides of a polarizing film in which iodine or a dichroic dye is oriented and adsorbed on polyvinyl alcohol. Cellulose triacetate is widely used as the above-mentioned protective film for polarizing plate because of its characteristics such as toughness, flame retardancy, and high optical isotropy (low retardation value). The liquid crystal display device includes a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal cell. Currently, as described in Patent Document 1, a liquid crystal display device with high display quality is realized by inserting an optical compensation sheet (also referred to as an optical compensation film) between a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal cell.
保護フィルムの材料としては、前記のセルローストリアセテートのほかにも、環状オレフィン系樹脂フィルムが提案されている。
これらの保護フィルムの製造方法としては、樹脂や他の添加剤を溶液にしたドープを支持体上に流延してなる溶液流延法が公知である。しかし、溶液流延法では溶剤が揮発する際に、溶剤がフィルム上表面から揮発することにより、分子鎖の重ね合わせが起こり、あたかも分子が積層されたような状態を形成する。このため、溶融製膜とは異なり、厚さ方向のレターデーション(Rth)が高く発現してしまう傾向にあるという問題点があった。
一方、機能性フィルムを製造する際の延伸条件を特定した発明は、例えば特許文献2および3に開示されているが、溶液流延法で形成したフィルムのRthを積極的に低下させる温度条件を探索したり、フィルムの添加剤を含めて最適な温度を設定し、所望の光学特性を有する機能性フィルムを得る、という技術に関しては言及されていない。
In addition to the cellulose triacetate, a cyclic olefin resin film has been proposed as a material for the protective film.
As a method for producing these protective films, a solution casting method in which a dope in which a resin or other additive is used as a solution is cast on a support is known. However, in the solution casting method, when the solvent volatilizes, the solvent volatilizes from the upper surface of the film, resulting in superposition of molecular chains, forming a state as if the molecules are stacked. For this reason, unlike the melt film formation, there is a problem that the retardation (Rth) in the thickness direction tends to be high.
On the other hand, the invention specifying the stretching conditions for producing the functional film is disclosed in, for example, Patent Documents 2 and 3, but the temperature conditions for actively reducing the Rth of the film formed by the solution casting method are as follows. There is no mention of a technique for searching or setting an optimum temperature including film additives to obtain a functional film having desired optical properties.
前述のように、一般に溶液流延法では溶剤が揮発する際の分子鎖積層効果により、分子鎖の重ね合わせが起こり、Rthが高くなってしまう傾向にある。この点が最も溶融製膜と異なる点であり、溶融製膜により得られるフィルムはRthの初期値が0に近い値を有する。また、通常、ポリマーの延伸はその光学特性発現性の効率の良さから,ガラス転移温度(Tg)の近辺で延伸することが多い。しかし、結晶性ポリマーはTg近傍で延伸しても逆にRthが上昇する場合がある。
延伸温度を上昇させることにより,ポリマーは溶融状態に近づき、Rthを低減することもあるが、延伸温度によっては結晶化が進みRthが上昇してしまう。更に高温にして、結晶化しない温度にしようとすると、ポリマーの熱分解点を超えてしまいポリマーの分解が開始してしまう。ポリマーが分解してしまうと、遊離酸が発生したり、フィルム色味が変化したりするため、分解点以下の温度で延伸することは非常に重要である。
また、添加剤を使用すると、その添加剤の揮散性によってはフィルム温度に対して添加剤の揮散性が大きくなり、意図した光学特性を得ることが出来ない場合が有る。
このようにポリマーの種類、構造、添加剤によって、光学特性の発現性は様々であり、Tgや結晶化温度だけで最適な温度範囲を決定することはできない。
As described above, generally, in the solution casting method, molecular chains are superposed due to the molecular chain stacking effect when the solvent volatilizes, and Rth tends to increase. This is the most different point from melt film formation, and the film obtained by melt film formation has an initial value of Rth close to zero. In general, the polymer is often stretched in the vicinity of the glass transition temperature (Tg) because of its efficient optical property development. However, a crystalline polymer may sometimes increase Rth even if it is stretched in the vicinity of Tg.
By increasing the stretching temperature, the polymer approaches a molten state and may reduce Rth, but depending on the stretching temperature, crystallization proceeds and Rth increases. If the temperature is further increased so as not to crystallize, the thermal decomposition point of the polymer is exceeded and the decomposition of the polymer starts. If the polymer is decomposed, free acid is generated or the film color changes, so it is very important to stretch at a temperature below the decomposition point.
Moreover, when an additive is used, depending on the volatility of the additive, the volatility of the additive increases with respect to the film temperature, and the intended optical properties may not be obtained.
Thus, the expression of optical characteristics varies depending on the type, structure, and additives of the polymer, and the optimum temperature range cannot be determined only by Tg and the crystallization temperature.
そこで、本発明では、ポリマーのTgや結晶性とは何の関係もなく、溶液製膜法により、初期に発現してしまったRthに対して、意図したRthまで低下させる温度、フィルムの重量減少率が小さく、揮散性が小さい温度を意図的に選び熱延伸することにより、任意の光学特性を発現させることが出来ることを見いだした。
すなわち、本発明は、溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムを延伸して得られる延伸フィルムであって、延伸後のRth値が初期のRth値よりも低く、かつ重量減少率が少ない延伸フィルムを提供することを目的とする。
Therefore, in the present invention, there is nothing to do with the Tg or crystallinity of the polymer, and the temperature at which the Rth that is initially expressed by the solution casting method is lowered to the intended Rth and the weight reduction of the film. It has been found that by arbitrarily selecting a temperature having a low rate and low volatility, the film can be arbitrarily stretched to exhibit arbitrary optical properties.
That is, the present invention provides a stretched film obtained by stretching a film formed by a solution casting method, wherein the stretched Rth value is lower than the initial Rth value and the weight reduction rate is small. The purpose is to provide.
上記課題は以下の構成により解決された。 The above problem was solved by the following configuration.
1. 厚さ方向のレターデーションが30nm以上の初期値を有する、溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムを、下記式I)を満たす温度Tで延伸してなり、またその温度TにおけるTG-DTAで測定した60分間の重量減少率が5%以下であることを特徴とする延伸フィルム。
式I) 0.2≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.9
式I)中、Rth(T)は、前記フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後の前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Rth(I)は、前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーションの初期値である。また、前記重量減少率は、重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100で求められるものである。
2. 延伸後の光学特性が、下記条件を満たす上記1に記載の延伸フィルム。
1.75≦Rth/Re+0.5≦5(式中、Rthはλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Reはλ=590nmにて測定した面内のレターデーション値である。)
3. 前記フィルムが、環状オレフィン系樹脂フィルムである上記1または2に記載の延伸フィルム。
4. 前記フィルムが、炭素数2から4のアシル置換基を有し、アシル基の置換度が2.1から2.7のセルロース系樹脂からなる上記1又は2に記載の延伸フィルム。
5. 前記フィルムが、炭素数2から4のアシル置換基を有し、アシル基の置換度が2.3から2.6のセルロース系樹脂からなる上記4に記載の延伸フィルム。
6. 光学特性が、25nm≦Re≦100nm、50nm≦Rth≦300nmを満たす上記1~5のいずれかに記載の延伸フィルム。(Reはλ=590nmにて測定した面内のレターデーション値であり、Rthはλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値である。)
7. 光学特性が、50nm≦Re≦70nm、90nm≦Rth≦120nmを満たす上記1~5のいずれかに記載の延伸フィルム。(Reはλ=590nmにて測定した面内のレターデーション値であり、Rthはλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値である。)
8. 前記フィルムが、レターデーション調整剤を含む上記1~7のいずれかに記載の延伸フィルム。
9. 偏光子と該偏光子の両側に2枚の保護フィルムを有する偏光板であって、該2枚の保護フィルムのうち少なくとも1枚が上記1~8のいずれかに記載の延伸フィルムである偏光板。
10. 厚さ方向のレターデーションが30nm以上の初期値を有する、溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムを、下記式I)を満たす温度Tで延伸する工程を有し、かつ該温度TにおけるTG-DTAで測定した60分間の重量減少率が5%以下であることを特徴とする延伸フィルムの製造方法。
式I) 0.2≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.9
式I)中、Rth(T)は、前記フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後の前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Rth(I)は、前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーションの初期値である。また、前記重量減少率は、重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100で求められるものである。
1. A film formed by a solution casting method having an initial retardation of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction is stretched at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), and measured by TG-DTA at the temperature T The stretched film is characterized in that the weight loss rate for 60 minutes is 5% or less.
Formula I) 0.2 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.9
In Formula I), Rth (T) is a retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film after being placed at a temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film. , Rth (I) is an initial value of retardation in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film. The weight reduction rate is obtained by weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100. It is what
2. 2. The stretched film according to 1 above, wherein the optical properties after stretching satisfy the following conditions.
1.75 ≦ Rth / Re + 0.5 ≦ 5 (where Rth is the retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm, and Re is the in-plane retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm) is there.)
3. 3. The stretched film according to 1 or 2 above, wherein the film is a cyclic olefin resin film.
4). 3. The stretched film as described in 1 or 2 above, wherein the film comprises a cellulose resin having an acyl substituent having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and an acyl group substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.7.
5). 5. The stretched film as described in 4 above, wherein the film comprises a cellulose resin having an acyl substituent having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and an acyl group substitution degree of 2.3 to 2.6.
6). 6. The stretched film according to any one of 1 to 5 above, wherein the optical characteristics satisfy 25 nm ≦ Re ≦ 100 nm and 50 nm ≦ Rth ≦ 300 nm. (Re is an in-plane retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm, and Rth is a thickness direction retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm.)
7). 6. The stretched film according to any one of 1 to 5 above, wherein the optical characteristics satisfy 50 nm ≦ Re ≦ 70 nm and 90 nm ≦ Rth ≦ 120 nm. (Re is an in-plane retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm, and Rth is a thickness direction retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm.)
8). 8. The stretched film according to any one of 1 to 7 above, wherein the film contains a retardation adjusting agent.
9. A polarizing plate having a polarizer and two protective films on both sides of the polarizer, wherein at least one of the two protective films is a stretched film according to any one of 1 to 8 above .
10. A step of stretching a film formed by a solution casting method having an initial value of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), and TG-DTA at the temperature T A method for producing a stretched film, wherein the weight loss rate measured for 60 minutes is 5% or less.
Formula I) 0.2 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.9
In Formula I), Rth (T) is a retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film after being placed at a temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film. , Rth (I) is an initial value of retardation in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film. The weight reduction rate is obtained by weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100. It is what
本発明によれば、溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムを延伸して得られる延伸フィルムであって、延伸後のRth値が初期のRth値よりも低く、かつ重量減少率が少ない延伸フィルムを提供することができる。
また、該延伸フィルムは、各機能性フィルムとして有用な光学特性を備える。また、該延伸フィルムを用いた耐久性に富む偏光板を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, there is provided a stretched film obtained by stretching a film formed by a solution casting method, wherein the stretched Rth value is lower than the initial Rth value and the weight reduction rate is small. Can be provided.
The stretched film has optical properties useful as each functional film. Moreover, the polarizing plate which was rich in durability using this stretched film can be provided.
以下、本発明を詳細に説明する。
なお、本明細書において、「(数値1)~(数値2)」「(数値1)乃至(数値2)」という記載は「(数値1)以上(数値2)以下」の意味を表す。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
In this specification, “(numerical value 1) to (numerical value 2)” and “(numerical value 1) to (numerical value 2)” mean “(numerical value 1) to (numerical value 2)”.
本発明の延伸フィルムは、厚さ方向のレターデーションが30nm以上の初期値を有する、溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムを、下記式I)を満たす温度Tで延伸してなり、またその温度TにおけるTG-DTAで測定した60分間の重量減少率が5%以下であることを特徴とする。
式I) 0.2≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.9
式I)中、Rth(T)は、前記フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後の前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Rth(I)は、前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーションの初期値である。また、前記重量減少率は、重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100で求められるものである。
The stretched film of the present invention is obtained by stretching a film formed by a solution casting method having an initial value of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I). The weight loss rate for 60 minutes measured by TG-DTA at T is 5% or less.
Formula I) 0.2 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.9
In Formula I), Rth (T) is a retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film after being placed at a temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film. , Rth (I) is an initial value of retardation in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film. The weight reduction rate is obtained by weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100. It is what
本発明においては、溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムであれば、どのようなものでも使用できるが、環状オレフィン系樹脂フィルム(環状ポリオレフィンフィルムとも称する)またはセルロース系樹脂フィルムであることが好ましい。
環状ポリオレフィンフィルムは、少なくとも環状オレフィン系樹脂(環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂または環状ポリオレフィンとも称する)を含む。セルロース系樹脂フィルムは少なくともセルロース系樹脂を含む。環状オレフィン系樹脂、およびセルロース系樹脂について以下に説明する。
In the present invention, any film formed by a solution casting method can be used, but a cyclic olefin resin film (also referred to as a cyclic polyolefin film) or a cellulose resin film is preferable.
The cyclic polyolefin film contains at least a cyclic olefin resin (also referred to as a cyclic polyolefin resin or a cyclic polyolefin). The cellulose resin film contains at least a cellulose resin. The cyclic olefin resin and the cellulose resin will be described below.
(環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂)
本発明においては、環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂とは、環状ポリオレフィン構造を有する重合体樹脂を表す。
本発明に用いることができる環状オレフィン構造を有する重合体樹脂の例には、(1)ノルボルネン系重合体、(2)単環の環状オレフィンの重合体、(3)環状共役ジエンの重合体、(4)ビニル脂環式炭化水素重合体、及び(1)~(4)の水素化物などがある。本発明において好ましく用いられる重合体樹脂は、下記一般式(7)で表される繰り返し単位を少なくとも1種以上含む付加(共)重合体環状ポリオレフィンおよび必要に応じ、一般式(6)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種以上を更に含んでなる付加(共)重合体環状ポリオレフィンである。また、一般式(8)で表される環状繰り返し単位を少なくとも1種含む開環(共)重合体も好適に使用することができる。
(Cyclic polyolefin resin)
In the present invention, the cyclic polyolefin resin represents a polymer resin having a cyclic polyolefin structure.
Examples of the polymer resin having a cyclic olefin structure that can be used in the present invention include (1) a norbornene polymer, (2) a monocyclic olefin polymer, (3) a cyclic conjugated diene polymer, (4) Vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers and hydrides of (1) to (4). The polymer resin preferably used in the present invention is an addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefin containing at least one repeating unit represented by the following general formula (7) and, if necessary, the general formula (6). An addition (co) polymer cyclic polyolefin further comprising at least one or more repeating units. A ring-opening (co) polymer containing at least one cyclic repeating unit represented by the general formula (8) can also be suitably used.
式中、mは0~4の整数を表す。R1~R6は水素原子又は炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、X1~X3、Y1~Y3は水素原子、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換された炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、-(CH2)nCOOR11、-(CH2)nOCOR12、-(CH2)nNCO、-(CH2)nNO2、-(CH2)nCN、-(CH2)nCONR13R14、-(CH2)nNR13R14、-(CH2)nOZ、-(CH2)nW、またはX1とY1あるいはX2とY2あるいはX3とY3から構成された(-CO)2O、(-CO) 2NR15を示す。なお、R11、R12、R13、R14、R15は水素原子、炭素数1~20の炭化水素基、Zは炭化水素基またはハロゲンで置換された炭化水素基、WはSiR16 pD3-p(R16は炭素数1~10の炭化水素基、Dはハロゲン原子、-OCOR15または-OR16、pは0~3の整数を示す)、nは0~10の整数を示す。 In the formula, m represents an integer of 0 to 4. R 1 to R 6 are a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X 1 to X 3 , Y 1 to Y 3 are hydrogen atoms, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a halogen atom. A substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, — (CH 2 ) n COOR 11 , — (CH 2 ) n OCOR 12 , — (CH 2 ) n NCO, — (CH 2 ) n NO 2 , — ( CH 2 ) n CN, — (CH 2 ) n CONR 13 R 14 , — (CH 2 ) n NR 13 R 14 , — (CH 2 ) n OZ, — (CH 2 ) n W, or X 1 and Y 1 Alternatively, (—CO) 2 O and (—CO) 2 NR 15 composed of X 2 and Y 2 or X 3 and Y 3 are shown. R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, Z is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group substituted with halogen, and W is SiR 16 p D 3-p (R 16 is a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, D is a halogen atom, —OCOR 15 or —OR 16 , p is an integer of 0 to 3), n is an integer of 0 to 10 Show.
X1~X3、Y1~Y3の置換基に分極性の大きい官能基を導入することにより、フィルムの厚さ方向レターデーション(Rth)を大きくし、面内レターデーション(Re)の発現性を大きくすることが出来る。Re発現性の大きなフィルムは、製膜過程で延伸することによりRe値を大きくすることができる。 By introducing a highly polarizable functional group into the substituents X 1 to X 3 and Y 1 to Y 3 , the thickness direction retardation (Rth) of the film is increased and the in-plane retardation (Re) is expressed. The sex can be increased. A film having a high Re developability can increase the Re value by stretching in the film forming process.
ノルボルネン系付加(共)重合体は、特開平10-7732号公報、特表2002-504184号公報、US2004229157A1号明細書あるいは国際公開第2004/070463A1号パンフレット等に開示されているものを用いることができる。ノルボルネン系多環状不飽和化合物同士を付加重合する事によって得られる。また、必要に応じ、ノルボルネン系多環状不飽和化合物と、エチレン、プロピレン、ブテン、ブタジエン、イソプレンのような共役ジエン;エチリデンノルボルネンのような非共役ジエン;アクリロニトリル、アクリル酸、メタアクリル酸、無水マレイン酸、アクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、マレイミド、酢酸ビニル、塩化ビニルなどの線状ジエン化合物とを付加重合することもできる。このノルボルネン系付加(共)重合体としては、市販品を用いることもできる。具体的には、三井化学(株)よりアペルの商品名で発売されており、ガラス転移温度(Tg)の異なる例えばAPL8008T(Tg70℃)、APL6013T(Tg125℃)あるいはAPL6015T(Tg145℃)などのグレードがある。ポリプラスチック(株)よりTOPAS8007、同6013、同6015などのペレットが発売されている。更に、Ferrania社よりAppear3000が発売されている。 As the norbornene-based addition (co) polymer, those disclosed in JP-A-10-7732, JP-T 2002-504184, US2004229157A1 or International Publication No. 2004 / 070463A1 may be used. it can. It can be obtained by addition polymerization of norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds. If necessary, norbornene-based polycyclic unsaturated compounds and conjugated dienes such as ethylene, propylene, butene, butadiene and isoprene; non-conjugated dienes such as ethylidene norbornene; acrylonitrile, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic anhydride It is also possible to carry out addition polymerization with linear diene compounds such as acid, acrylic acid ester, methacrylic acid ester, maleimide, vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride. As this norbornene type addition (co) polymer, a commercial item can also be used. Specifically, grades such as APL8008T (Tg70 ° C), APL6013T (Tg125 ° C), or APL6015T (Tg145 ° C), which are sold under the trade name of Apel from Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. and have different glass transition temperatures (Tg), are used. There is. Pellets such as TOPAS 8007, 6013, and 6015 are sold by Polyplastics Co., Ltd. Further, Appear 3000 is sold by Ferrania.
ノルボルネン系重合体水素化物は、特開平1-240517号公報、特開平7-196736号公報、特開昭60-26024号公報、特開昭62-19801号公報、特開2003-1159767号公報あるいは特開2004-309979号等公報に開示されているように、多環状不飽和化合物を付加重合あるいはメタセシス開環重合したのち水素添加することにより作られるものを用いることができる。本発明に用いるノルボルネン系重合体において、R5~R6は水素原子又は-CH3が好ましく、X3、及びY3は水素原子、Cl、-COOCH3が好ましく、その他の基は適宜選択される。このノルボルネン系樹脂は、市販品を用いることもでき、具体的にはJSR(株)からアートン(Arton)GあるいはアートンFという商品名で発売されており、また日本ゼオン(株)からゼオノア(Zeonor)ZF14、ZF16、ゼオネックス(Zeonex)250あるいはゼオネックス280という商品名で市販されており、これらを使用することができる。 Norbornene-based polymer hydrides are disclosed in JP-A-1-240517, JP-A-7-196736, JP-A-60-26024, JP-A-62-19807, JP-A-2003-1159767, or As disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-309979 and the like, those prepared by hydrogenation after polycyclic unsaturated compounds are subjected to addition polymerization or metathesis ring-opening polymerization can be used. In the norbornene-based polymer used in the present invention, R 5 to R 6 are preferably a hydrogen atom or —CH 3 , X 3 and Y 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom, Cl, —COOCH 3 , and other groups are appropriately selected. The This norbornene-based resin may be a commercially available product. Specifically, JSR Co., Ltd. is sold under the trade name of Arton G or Arton F, and ZEONOR from Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. ) ZF14, ZF16, Zeonex 250 or ZEONEX 280 are commercially available and can be used.
本発明において用いることができる前記環状ポリオレフィン系樹脂は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により測定した質量平均分子量(Mw)は、ポリスチレン分子量換算で5,000~1,000,000であることが好ましく、10,000~500,000であることがより好ましく、50,000~300,000であることがさらに好ましい。また、分子量分布(Mw/Mn;MnはGPCにより測定した数平均分子量)は10以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは5.0以下、さらに好ましくは3.0以下である。ガラス転移温度(Tg;DSCにより測定)は50~350℃であることが好ましく、より好ましくは80~330℃、さらに好ましくは100~300℃の範囲にある。 The cyclic polyolefin resin that can be used in the present invention has a mass average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) of 5,000 to 1,000,000 in terms of polystyrene molecular weight. It is preferably 10,000 to 500,000, more preferably 50,000 to 300,000. Moreover, it is preferable that molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn; Mn is the number average molecular weight measured by GPC) is 10 or less, More preferably, it is 5.0 or less, More preferably, it is 3.0 or less. The glass transition temperature (Tg; measured by DSC) is preferably 50 to 350 ° C., more preferably 80 to 330 ° C., still more preferably 100 to 300 ° C.
(セルロース系樹脂)
本発明に用いることができるセルロース系樹脂は、全アシル基の置換度が2.0~2.95であれば特に制限されるものではない。セルロース系樹脂は、セルロースエステルが好ましく、セルロースアシレートがより好ましい。セルロース系樹脂の原料セルロースとしては、綿花リンタや木材パルプ(広葉樹パルプ,針葉樹パルプ)などがあり、何れの原料セルロースから得られるセルロース系樹脂でも使用でき、場合により混合して使用してもよい。これらの原料セルロースについての詳細な記載は、例えば、丸澤、宇田著、「プラスチック材料講座(17)繊維素系樹脂」日刊工業新聞社(1970年発行)や発明協会公開技報公技番号2001-1745号(7頁~8頁)に記載のセルロースを用いることができる。
(Cellulosic resin)
The cellulose resin that can be used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the substitution degree of all acyl groups is 2.0 to 2.95. The cellulose resin is preferably a cellulose ester, and more preferably cellulose acylate. Examples of the raw material cellulose for the cellulose resin include cotton linter and wood pulp (hardwood pulp, conifer pulp). Cellulose resins obtained from any raw material cellulose can be used, and in some cases, they may be mixed and used. Detailed descriptions of these raw material celluloses can be found in, for example, Marusawa and Uda, “Plastic Materials Course (17) Fibrous Resin”, published by Nikkan Kogyo Shimbun (published in 1970), and the Japan Institute of Invention and Innovation Technical Bulletin No. 2001. The cellulose described in No.-1745 (pages 7 to 8) can be used.
(セルロースエステル)
本発明に好ましく用いることができるセルロースエステルについて詳細に記載する。セルロースを構成するβ-1,4結合しているグルコース単位は、2位、3位および6位に遊離の水酸基を有している。セルロースエステルは、これらの水酸基の一部または全部を炭素数2以上のアシル基によりエステル化した重合体(ポリマー)である。アシル置換度は、2位、3位および6位に位置するセルロースの水酸基がエステル化している割合(100%のエステル化は置換度1)を意味する。
全アシル置換度、即ち、DS2+DS3+DS6は2.1~2.9が好ましく、より好ましくは2.1~2.7であり、特に好ましくは2.3~2.6である。また、DS6/(DS2+DS3+DS6)は0.08~0.66が好ましく、より好ましくは0.15~0.60、さらに好ましくは0.20~0.45である。ここで、DS2はグルコース単位の2位の水酸基のアシル基による置換度(以下、「2位のアシル置換度」とも言う)であり、DS3は3位の水酸基のアシル基による置換度(以下、「3位のアシル置換度」とも言う)であり、DS6は6位の水酸基のアシル基による置換度である(以下、「6位のアシル置換度」とも言う)。また、DS6/(DS2+DS3+DS6)は全アシル置換度に対する6位のアシル置換度の割合であり、以下「6位のアシル置換率」とも言う。
(Cellulose ester)
The cellulose ester that can be preferably used in the present invention will be described in detail. The β-1,4-bonded glucose unit constituting cellulose has free hydroxyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions. The cellulose ester is a polymer obtained by esterifying some or all of these hydroxyl groups with an acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms. The degree of acyl substitution means the ratio in which the hydroxyl groups of cellulose located at the 2-position, 3-position and 6-position are esterified (100% esterification has a substitution degree of 1).
The total acyl substitution degree, that is, DS2 + DS3 + DS6 is preferably 2.1 to 2.9, more preferably 2.1 to 2.7, and particularly preferably 2.3 to 2.6. DS6 / (DS2 + DS3 + DS6) is preferably 0.08 to 0.66, more preferably 0.15 to 0.60, and still more preferably 0.20 to 0.45. Here, DS2 is the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group at the 2-position of the glucose unit with an acyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “degree of acyl substitution at the 2-position”), and DS3 is the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group at the 3-position with an acyl group (hereinafter, referred to as “acyl group”). DS6 is the substitution degree of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position with an acyl group (hereinafter also referred to as “acyl substitution degree at the 6-position”). DS6 / (DS2 + DS3 + DS6) is the ratio of the acyl substitution degree at the 6-position to the total acyl substitution degree, and is hereinafter also referred to as “acyl substitution rate at the 6-position”.
置換するアシル基は1種類だけでもよいし、あるいは2種類以上のアシル基が置換されていてもよい。セルロース系樹脂としては、炭素数2~4のアシル基を置換基として有することが好ましい。炭素数2~4のアシル基としてはプロピオニル基またはブチリル基が好ましい。2種類以上のアシル基を用いるときは、そのひとつがアセチル基であることが好ましい。2位、3位および6位の水酸基のアセチル基による置換度の総和をDSAとし、2位、3位および6位の水酸基のプロピオニル基またはブチリル基による置換度の総和をDSBとすると、DSA+DSBの値は2.0~2.9であることが好ましい。DSA+DSBの値は2.3~2.8、かつDSBの値は0.10~1.70であることがより好ましい。さらに好ましくはDSA+DSBの値は2.40~2.50、かつDSBの値は0.5~1.2である。DSAとDSBの値を上記の範囲にすることで環境湿度によるRe値、Rth値の変化の小さいフィルムが得ることができ好ましい。
さらにDSBはその28%以上が6位水酸基の置換基であることが好ましく、より好ましくは30%以上が6位水酸基の置換基であり、31%以上が6位水酸基の置換基であることがさらに好ましく、32%以上が6位水酸基の置換基であることが特に好ましい。これらのセルロースエステルにより溶解性の好ましい溶液が作製でき、特に非塩素系有機溶媒において、良好な溶液の作製が可能となる。さらに粘度が低くろ過性のよい溶液の作成が可能となる。
Only one type of acyl group may be substituted, or two or more types of acyl groups may be substituted. The cellulose resin preferably has an acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent. The acyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferably a propionyl group or a butyryl group. When two or more types of acyl groups are used, one of them is preferably an acetyl group. DSA is the sum of the substitution degrees of the hydroxyl groups at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions by the acetyl group, and DSB is the sum of the substitution degrees of the 2nd, 3rd and 6th hydroxyl groups by the propionyl group or butyryl group. The value is preferably from 2.0 to 2.9. More preferably, the DSA + DSB value is 2.3 to 2.8, and the DSB value is 0.10 to 1.70. More preferably, the value of DSA + DSB is 2.40 to 2.50, and the value of DSB is 0.5 to 1.2. It is preferable that the DSA and DSB values be in the above ranges because a film having a small change in Re value and Rth value due to environmental humidity can be obtained.
Further, 28% or more of DSB is preferably a substituent at the 6-position hydroxyl group, more preferably 30% or more is a substituent at the 6-position hydroxyl group, and 31% or more is a substituent at the 6-position hydroxyl group. More preferably, 32% or more is particularly preferably a substituent of the hydroxyl group at the 6-position. These cellulose esters can produce a solution having preferable solubility, and in particular, a non-chlorine organic solvent can be used to produce a good solution. Furthermore, it becomes possible to produce a solution having a low viscosity and good filterability.
セルロースエステルの炭素数2以上のアシル基としては、脂肪族基でもアリール基でもよく特に限定されない。それらは、例えばセルロースのアルキルカルボニルエステル、アルケニルカルボニルエステルあるいは芳香族カルボニルエステル、芳香族アルキルカルボニルエステルなどであり、それぞれさらに置換された基を有していてもよい。これらの好ましい例としては、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ヘプタノイル基、ヘキサノイル基、オクタノイル基、デカノイル基、ドデカノイル基、トリデカノイル基、テトラデカノイル基、ヘキサデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、イソブタノイル基、tert-ブタノイル基、シクロヘキサンカルボニル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、シンナモイル基などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ドデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、tert-ブタノイル基、オレオイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフチルカルボニル基、シンナモイル基などがより好ましく、特に好ましくはプロピオニル基、ブタノイル基である。 The acyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms of the cellulose ester may be an aliphatic group or an aryl group and is not particularly limited. These are, for example, cellulose alkylcarbonyl esters, alkenylcarbonyl esters, aromatic carbonyl esters, aromatic alkylcarbonyl esters, and the like, each of which may further have a substituted group. Preferred examples thereof include propionyl, butanoyl, heptanoyl, hexanoyl, octanoyl, decanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, isobutanoyl, tert -Butanoyl group, cyclohexanecarbonyl group, oleoyl group, benzoyl group, naphthylcarbonyl group, cinnamoyl group and the like. Among these, a propionyl group, a butanoyl group, a dodecanoyl group, an octadecanoyl group, a tert-butanoyl group, an oleoyl group, a benzoyl group, a naphthylcarbonyl group, a cinnamoyl group, and the like are more preferable, and a propionyl group and a butanoyl group are particularly preferable. is there.
セルロ-スのアシル化において、アシル化剤としては、酸無水物や酸クロライドを用いた場合、反応溶媒である有機溶媒としては、有機酸、例えば、酢酸、メチレンクロライド等が使用される。 In the acylation of cellulose, when an acid anhydride or acid chloride is used as an acylating agent, an organic acid such as acetic acid or methylene chloride is used as an organic solvent as a reaction solvent.
触媒としては、アシル化剤が酸無水物である場合には、硫酸のようなプロトン性触媒が好ましく用いられ、アシル化剤が酸クロライド(例えば、CH3CH2COCl)である場合には、塩基性化合物が用いられる。 As the catalyst, when the acylating agent is an acid anhydride, a protic catalyst such as sulfuric acid is preferably used, and when the acylating agent is an acid chloride (for example, CH 3 CH 2 COCl), Basic compounds are used.
最も一般的なセルロ-スの混合脂肪酸エステルの工業的合成方法は、セルロ-スをアセチル基および他のアシル基に対応する脂肪酸(酢酸、プロピオン酸、吉草酸等)またはそれらの酸無水物を含む混合有機酸成分でアシル化する方法である。 The most common industrial synthesis method of cellulose mixed fatty acid ester is to use cellulose corresponding to fatty acid corresponding to acetyl group and other acyl groups (acetic acid, propionic acid, valeric acid, etc.) or their acid anhydrides. This is a method of acylating with a mixed organic acid component.
本発明に用いることができるセルロースエステルは、例えば、特開平10-45804号公報に記載されている方法により合成できる。 The cellulose ester that can be used in the present invention can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-10-45804.
(添加剤)
本発明のフィルムは添加剤を含んでいてもよい。添加剤について以下に説明する。
添加剤は、例えばセルロースアシレートフィルムや環状ポリオレフィンフィルムの添加剤として公知の低分子量添加剤および高分子量添加剤等を広く採用することができる。
(Additive)
The film of the present invention may contain an additive. The additive will be described below.
As the additive, for example, known low molecular weight additives and high molecular weight additives can be widely employed as additives for cellulose acylate films and cyclic polyolefin films.
(低分子量添加剤)
本発明のフィルムは、添加剤として、下記一般式(1)~(5)で表される添加剤のうち、少なくとも1種含有することが好ましい。
(Low molecular weight additive)
The film of the present invention preferably contains at least one additive represented by the following general formulas (1) to (5) as an additive.
先ず、一般式(1)および(2)の添加剤について説明する。
上記一般式(1)において、R1はアルキル基またはアリール基を表し、R2およびR3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。また、R1、R2およびR3の炭素原子数の総和が10以上であることが特に好ましい。また、一般式(2)中、R4およびR5は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基またはアリール基を表す。また、R4およびR5の炭素原子数の総和は10以上であり、各々、アルキル基およびアリール基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としてはフッ素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、スルホン基およびスルホンアミド基が好ましく、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、スルホン基およびスルホンアミド基が特に好ましい。また、アルキル基は直鎖であっても、分岐であっても、環状であってもよく、炭素原子数1乃至25のものが好ましく、6乃至25のものがより好ましく、6乃至20のもの(例えば、メチル、エチル、プロピル、イソプロピル、ブチル、イソブチル、t-ブチル、アミル、イソアミル、t-アミル、ヘキシル、シクロヘキシル、ヘプチル、オクチル、ビシクロオクチル、ノニル、アダマンチル、デシル、t-オクチル、ウンデシル、ドデシル、トリデシル、テトラデシル、ペンタデシル、ヘキサデシル、ヘプタデシル、オクタデシル、ノナデシル、ジデシル)が特に好ましい。アリール基としては炭素原子数が6乃至30のものが好ましく、6乃至24のもの(例えば、フェニル、ビフェニル、テルフェニル、ナフチル、ビナフチル、トリフェニルフェニル)が特に好ましい。
これらの添加剤についての詳細は特開2005-139304の[0016]~[0022]に記載されている。
First, the additives of the general formulas (1) and (2) will be described.
In the general formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. Moreover, it is particularly preferable that the total number of carbon atoms of R 1 , R 2 and R 3 is 10 or more. In the general formula (2), R 4 and R 5 each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group. The total number of carbon atoms of R 4 and R 5 is 10 or more, and each of the alkyl group and aryl group may have a substituent. As the substituent, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfone group, and a sulfonamide group are preferable, and an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a sulfone group, and a sulfonamide group are particularly preferable. Further, the alkyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 25, and more preferably 6 to 20 (Eg, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, amyl, isoamyl, t-amyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, bicyclooctyl, nonyl, adamantyl, decyl, t-octyl, undecyl, Dodecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, didecyl) are particularly preferred. As the aryl group, those having 6 to 30 carbon atoms are preferable, and those having 6 to 24 carbon atoms (for example, phenyl, biphenyl, terphenyl, naphthyl, binaphthyl, triphenylphenyl) are particularly preferable.
Details of these additives are described in JP-A-2005-139304, [0016] to [0022].
次に、一般式(3)、(4)、(5)の添加剤について説明する。
式(3)中、R11はアリール基を表す。R12及びR13は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、少なくとも一方はアリール基である。また、アルキル基及びアリール基はそれぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。
式(4)中、R21、R22及びR23は、それぞれ独立にアルキル基を表す。また、アルキル基はそれぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。
式(5)中、R31、R32、R33及びR34は、それぞれ、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換の脂肪族基、又は置換もしくは無置換の芳香族基を表す。X31、X32、X33及びX34は、それぞれ、単結合、-CO-及びNR35-(R35は置換もしくは無置換の脂肪族基、又は置換もしくは無置換の芳香族基を表す)からなる群から選ばれる1種以上の基から形成される2価の連結基を表す。a、b、c及びdは0以上の整数であり、a+b+c+dは2以上である。Z31は(a+b+c+d)価の有機基(環状のものを除く)を表す。
これらの添加剤についての詳細は特開2007-272177の[0075]~[0085]に記載されている。
Next, the additive of General formula (3), (4), (5) is demonstrated.
In formula (3), R 11 represents an aryl group. R 12 and R 13 each independently represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and at least one of them is an aryl group. Moreover, the alkyl group and the aryl group may each have a substituent.
In formula (4), R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represents an alkyl group. Moreover, each alkyl group may have a substituent.
In formula (5), R 31 , R 32 , R 33 and R 34 each represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group. X 31 , X 32 , X 33 and X 34 are each a single bond, —CO— and NR 35 — (R 35 represents a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group or a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group) Represents a divalent linking group formed from one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: a, b, c and d are integers of 0 or more, and a + b + c + d is 2 or more. Z 31 represents an (a + b + c + d) -valent organic group (excluding a cyclic group).
Details of these additives are described in JP-A-2007-272177, [0075] to [0085].
(レターデーション調整剤)
本発明の延伸フィルムは、レターデーション調整剤を含んでいてもよい。(Rth/Re)値を上昇させる観点からは、芳香環を1個以上有する化合物が好ましく、芳香環を2~15個有する化合物がより好ましく、芳香環を3~10個有する化合物がさらに好ましい。該化合物中の芳香環以外の各原子は、芳香環と同一平面に近い配置であることが好ましく、芳香環を複数有している場合には、芳香環同士も同一平面に近い配置であることが好ましい。また、Rth値を選択的に上昇させるため、添加剤のフィルム中での存在状態は、芳香環平面がフィルム面と平行な方向に存在していることが好ましい。このような化合物の具体例としては、例えば、特開2006-235483号公報の6~38頁に「レタデーション上昇剤」として記載があり、これらを適宜用いることができ、中でも下記構造の化合物Cが特に好ましい。
(Retardation adjuster)
The stretched film of the present invention may contain a retardation adjusting agent. From the viewpoint of increasing the (Rth / Re) value, a compound having one or more aromatic rings is preferable, a compound having 2 to 15 aromatic rings is more preferable, and a compound having 3 to 10 aromatic rings is more preferable. The atoms other than the aromatic ring in the compound are preferably arranged in the same plane as the aromatic ring, and when there are a plurality of aromatic rings, the aromatic rings are also arranged in the same plane. Is preferred. Further, in order to selectively increase the Rth value, the presence state of the additive in the film is preferably such that the aromatic ring plane is in a direction parallel to the film surface. Specific examples of such compounds are described, for example, as “retardation increasing agents” on pages 6 to 38 of JP-A No. 2006-235483, and these can be used as appropriate. Particularly preferred.
(高分子量添加剤)
高分子系添加剤としては、ポリエステル系ポリマー、スチレン系ポリマーおよびアクリル系ポリマーおよびこれら等の共重合体から選択され、脂肪族ポリエステル、芳香族ポリエステル、アクリル系ポリマーおよびスチレン系ポリマーが好ましい。また、スチレン系ポリマー、アクリル系ポリマーといった、負の固有複屈折を有するポリマーを少なくとも一種含むことが好ましい。
(High molecular weight additive)
The polymer additive is selected from polyester polymers, styrene polymers, acrylic polymers, and copolymers thereof, and aliphatic polyesters, aromatic polyesters, acrylic polymers, and styrene polymers are preferable. In addition, it is preferable to include at least one polymer having negative intrinsic birefringence, such as a styrene polymer and an acrylic polymer.
(ポリエステル系ポリマー)
本発明で用いられるポリエステル系ポリマーは、炭素数2~20の脂肪族ジカルボン酸と炭素数8~20の芳香族ジカルボン酸の混合物と、炭素数2~12の脂肪族ジオール、炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオールおよび炭素数6~20の芳香族ジオールから選ばれる少なくとも1種類以上のジオールとの反応によって得られるものが好ましい。反応物の両末端は反応物のままでもよいが、さらにモノカルボン酸類やモノアルコール類またはフェノール類を反応させて、所謂末端の封止を実施してもよい。この末端封止は、特にフリーなカルボン酸類を含有させないために実施されることが、保存性などの点で有効である。ポリエステル系ポリマーに使用されるジカルボン酸は、炭素数4~20の脂肪族ジカルボン酸残基または炭素数8~20の芳香族ジカルボン酸残基であることが好ましい。
(Polyester polymer)
The polyester polymer used in the present invention comprises a mixture of an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and an aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 20 carbon atoms, an aliphatic diol having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 4 to 20 carbon atoms. Those obtained by reaction with at least one diol selected from alkyl ether diols and aromatic diols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred. Although both ends of the reaction product may remain as the reaction product, so-called end-capping may be carried out by further reacting monocarboxylic acids, monoalcohols or phenols. It is effective in terms of preservability that the end capping is performed in order not to contain free carboxylic acids. The dicarboxylic acid used in the polyester polymer is preferably an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or an aromatic dicarboxylic acid residue having 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
本発明で好ましく用いられる炭素数2~20の脂肪族ジカルボン酸としては、例えば、シュウ酸、マロン酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、ピメリン酸、スベリン酸、アゼライン酸、セバシン酸、ドデカンジカルボン酸および1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸が挙げられる。
また炭素数8~20の芳香族ジカルボン酸としては、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,8-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、2,8-ナフタレンジカルボン酸および2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸等がある。
Examples of the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid having 2 to 20 carbon atoms preferably used in the present invention include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, and azelaic acid. , Sebacic acid, dodecanedicarboxylic acid and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid.
Examples of the aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 8 to 20 carbon atoms include phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2,8 -Naphthalenedicarboxylic acid and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid.
これらの中でも好ましい脂肪族ジカルボン酸としては、マロン酸、コハク酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸、アゼライン酸、1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸である。芳香族ジカルボン酸としては、フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸、1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸が好ましい。特に好ましくは、脂肪族ジカルボン酸成分としてはコハク酸、グルタル酸、アジピン酸であり、芳香族ジカルボン酸としてはフタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、である。 Among these, preferred aliphatic dicarboxylic acids are malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, and 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid. As the aromatic dicarboxylic acid, phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, and 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid are preferable. Particularly preferably, the aliphatic dicarboxylic acid component is succinic acid, glutaric acid, and adipic acid, and the aromatic dicarboxylic acid is phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and isophthalic acid.
前述の脂肪族ジカルボン酸と芳香族ジカルボン酸とはそれぞれの少なくとも一種類を組み合わせて用いられるが、その組み合せは特に限定されるものではなく、それぞれの成分を数種類組み合わせても問題ない。 The aforementioned aliphatic dicarboxylic acid and aromatic dicarboxylic acid are used in combination of at least one of them, but the combination is not particularly limited, and there is no problem even if several kinds of each component are combined.
高分子量添加剤に利用されるジオールまたは芳香族環含有ジオールは、例えば、炭素数2~20の脂肪族ジオール、炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオールおよび炭素数6~20の芳香族環含有ジオールから選ばれるものである。 Diols or aromatic ring-containing diols used for high molecular weight additives include, for example, aliphatic diols having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, alkyl ether diols having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and aromatic ring-containing diols having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. It is chosen from.
炭素原子2~20の脂肪族ジオールとしては、アルキルジオールおよび脂環式ジオール類を挙げることができ、例えば、エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(ネオペンチルグリコール)、2,2-ジエチル-1,3-プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロ-ルペンタン)、2-n-ブチル-2-エチル-1,3プロパンジオール(3,3-ジメチロールヘプタン)、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、2-エチル-1,3-ヘキサンジオール、2-メチル-1,8-オクタンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、1,12-オクタデカンジオール等があり、これらのグリコールは、1種または2種以上の混合物として使用される。 Examples of the aliphatic diol having 2 to 20 carbon atoms include alkyl diols and alicyclic diols such as ethane diol, 1,2-propane diol, 1,3-propane diol, 1,2-butane. Diol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol) ), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dimethylolpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl-1,3propanediol (3,3-dimethylolheptane), 3 -Methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-decanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, and the like. Or it is used as a mixture of two or more.
好ましい脂肪族ジオールとしては、エタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールであり、特に好ましくはエタンジオール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールである。 Preferred aliphatic diols include ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1 , 4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, particularly preferred Is ethanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6- Hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, and 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol.
炭素数4~20のアルキルエーテルジオールとしては、好ましくは、ポリテトラメチレンエーテルグリコール、ポリエチレンエーテルグリコールおよびポリプロピレンエーテルグリコールならびにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。その平均重合度は、特に限定されないが好ましくは2~20であり、より好ましくは2~10であり、さらには2~5であり、特に好ましくは2~4である。これらの例としては、典型的に有用な市販のポリエーテルグリコール類としては、カーボワックス(Carbowax)レジン、プルロニックス(Pluronics) レジンおよびニアックス(Niax)レジンが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl ether diol having 4 to 20 carbon atoms preferably include polytetramethylene ether glycol, polyethylene ether glycol, polypropylene ether glycol, and combinations thereof. The average degree of polymerization is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, further 2 to 5, and particularly preferably 2 to 4. Examples of these typically commercially available polyether glycols include Carbowax resin, Pluronics® resin and Niax resin.
炭素数6~20の芳香族ジオールとしては、特に限定されないがビスフェノールA、1,2-ヒドロキシベンゼン、1,3-ヒドロキシベンゼン、1,4-ヒドロキシベンゼン、1,4-ベンゼンジメタノールが挙げられ、好ましくはビスフェノールA、1,4-ヒドロキシベンゼン、1,4-ベンゼンジメタノールである。 Examples of the aromatic diol having 6 to 20 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, bisphenol A, 1,2-hydroxybenzene, 1,3-hydroxybenzene, 1,4-hydroxybenzene, and 1,4-benzenedimethanol. Of these, bisphenol A, 1,4-hydroxybenzene, and 1,4-benzenedimethanol are preferred.
特に末端がアルキル基あるいは芳香族基で封止された高分子量添加剤であることが好ましい。これは、末端を疎水性官能基で保護することにより、高温高湿での経時劣化に対して有効であり、エステル基の加水分解を遅延させる役割を示すことが要因となっている。
ポリエステル添加剤の両末端がカルボン酸やOH基とならないように、モノアルコール残基やモノカルボン酸残基で保護することが好ましい。
この場合、モノアルコールとしては炭素数1~30の置換、無置換のモノアルコールが好ましく、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、ペンタノール、イソペンタノール、ヘキサノール、イソヘキサノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、オクタノール、イソオクタノール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、ノニルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、tert-ノニルアルコール、デカノール、ドデカノール、ドデカヘキサノール、ドデカオクタノール、アリルアルコール、オレイルアルコールなどの脂肪族アルコール、ベンジルアルコール、3-フェニルプロパノールなどの置換アルコールなどが挙げられる。
In particular, a high molecular weight additive having a terminal sealed with an alkyl group or an aromatic group is preferred. This is because the terminal is protected with a hydrophobic functional group, which is effective against deterioration with time at high temperature and high humidity, and is due to the role of delaying hydrolysis of the ester group.
It is preferable to protect with a monoalcohol residue or a monocarboxylic acid residue so that both ends of the polyester additive do not become carboxylic acid or OH group.
In this case, the monoalcohol is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monoalcohol having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, pentanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol. , Octanol, isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, nonyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, tert-nonyl alcohol, decanol, dodecanol, dodecahexanol, aliphatic alcohols such as dodecaoctanol, allyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, 3-phenyl Examples include substituted alcohols such as propanol.
好ましく使用され得る末端封止用アルコールは、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、ブタノール、イソブタノール、イソペンタノール、ヘキサノール、イソヘキサノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、イソオクタノール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、オレイルアルコール、ベンジルアルコールであり、特にはメタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソブタノール、シクロヘキシルアルコール、2-エチルヘキシルアルコール、イソノニルアルコール、ベンジルアルコールである。 End-capping alcohols that can be preferably used are methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, isobutanol, isopentanol, hexanol, isohexanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, isooctanol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol Benzyl alcohol, in particular methanol, ethanol, propanol, isobutanol, cyclohexyl alcohol, 2-ethylhexyl alcohol, isononyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol.
また、モノカルボン酸残基で封止する場合は、モノカルボン酸残基として使用されるモノカルボン酸は、炭素数1~30の置換、無置換のモノカルボン酸が好ましい。これらは、脂肪族モノカルボン酸でも芳香族環含有カルボン酸でもよい。好ましい脂肪族モノカルボン酸について記述すると、酢酸、プロピオン酸、ブタン酸、カプリル酸、カプロン酸、デカン酸、ドデカン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸が挙げられ、芳香族環含有モノカルボン酸としては、例えば安息香酸、p-tert-ブチル安息香酸、p-tert-アミル安息香酸、オルソトルイル酸、メタトルイル酸、パラトルイル酸、ジメチル安息香酸、エチル安息香酸、ノルマルプロピル安息香酸、アミノ安息香酸、アセトキシ安息香酸等があり、これらはそれぞれ1種または2種以上を使用することができる。 In the case of sealing with a monocarboxylic acid residue, the monocarboxylic acid used as the monocarboxylic acid residue is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted monocarboxylic acid having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. These may be aliphatic monocarboxylic acids or aromatic ring-containing carboxylic acids. Preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acids are described, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butanoic acid, caprylic acid, caproic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, and examples of the aromatic ring-containing monocarboxylic acid include Benzoic acid, p-tert-butylbenzoic acid, p-tert-amylbenzoic acid, orthotoluic acid, metatoluic acid, p-toluic acid, dimethylbenzoic acid, ethylbenzoic acid, normal propylbenzoic acid, aminobenzoic acid, acetoxybenzoic acid, etc. Yes, these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
かかる添加剤の合成は、常法により上記ジカルボン酸とジオールおよび/または末端封止用のモノカルボン酸またはモノアルコール、とのポリエステル化反応またはエステル交換反応による熱溶融縮合法か、あるいはこれら酸の酸クロライドとグリコール類との界面縮合法のいずれかの方法によっても容易に合成し得るものである。これらのポリエステル系添加剤については、村井孝一編者「添加剤 その理論と応用」(株式会社幸書房、昭和48年3月1日初版第1版発行)に詳細な記載がある。また、特開平05-155809号、特開平05-155810号、特開平5-197073号、特開2006-259494号、特開平07-330670号、特開2006-342227号、特開2007-003679号各公報などに記載されている素材を利用することもできる。
以下に、本発明で用いることができるポリエステル系ポリマーの具体例を記すが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Such additives may be synthesized by a conventional method, a hot melt condensation method using a polyesterification reaction or a transesterification reaction between the dicarboxylic acid and a diol and / or a monocarboxylic acid or monoalcohol for end-capping, or by using these acids. It can be easily synthesized by any of the interfacial condensation methods of acid chloride and glycols. These polyester-based additives are described in detail in Koichi Murai, “Additives, Theory and Application” (Kokaibo Co., Ltd., first edition published on March 1, 1973). Also, JP-A Nos. 05-155809, 05-155810, JP-A-5-97073, JP-A-2006-259494, JP-A-07-330670, JP-A-2006-342227, JP-A-2007-003679. The materials described in each publication can also be used.
Although the specific example of the polyester-type polymer which can be used by this invention is described below, it is not limited to these.
表1中、PAはフタル酸を、TPAはテレフタル酸を、IPAはイソフタル酸を、AAはアジピン酸を、SAはコハク酸を、2,6-NPAは2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸を、2,8-NPAは2,8-ナフタレンジカルボン酸を、1,5-NPAは1,5-ナフタレンジカルボン酸を、1,4-NPAは1,4-ナフタレンジカルボン酸を、1,8-NPAは1,8-ナフタレンジカルボン酸をそれぞれ示している。 In Table 1, PA is phthalic acid, TPA is terephthalic acid, IPA is isophthalic acid, AA is adipic acid, SA is succinic acid, 2,6-NPA is 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 2 , 8-NPA is 2,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,5-NPA is 1,5-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,4-NPA is 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 1,8-NPA is 1,8-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid is shown respectively.
ポリエステル系ポリマーは、好ましくは数平均分子量700~10000であり、より好ましくは数平均分子量800~8000であり、さらに好ましくは数平均分子量800~5000であり、特に好ましくは数平均分子量1000~5000である。このような範囲とすることにより、より相溶性に優れる。 The polyester-based polymer preferably has a number average molecular weight of 700 to 10,000, more preferably a number average molecular weight of 800 to 8000, still more preferably a number average molecular weight of 800 to 5000, and particularly preferably a number average molecular weight of 1,000 to 5,000. is there. By setting it as such a range, it is more excellent in compatibility.
(スチレン系ポリマーおよびアクリル系ポリマー)
添加剤として、下記一般式(9)で表される構造を有する化合物(スチレン系ポリマー)または下記一般式(10)で表される構造を有する化合物(アクリル系ポリマー)も好ましい。
(Styrene polymers and acrylic polymers)
As the additive, a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (9) (styrene polymer) or a compound having a structure represented by the following general formula (10) (acrylic polymer) is also preferable.
{一般式(9)および(10)中、R41~R48は、各々独立に、水素原子;ハロゲン原子;酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子もしくはケイ素原子を含む連結基を有していてもよい、置換もしくは非置換の炭素原子数1~30の炭化水素基;または極性基を表し、R44は全て同一の原子または基であっても、個々異なる原子または基であっても、互いに結合して、炭素環または複素環(これらの炭素環、複素環は単環構造でもよいし、他の環が縮合して多環構造を形成してもよい)を形成してもよい。} {In the general formulas (9) and (10), R 41 to R 48 may each independently have a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom or a silicon atom-containing linking group. A substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; or a polar group, and R 44 are all bonded to each other whether they are the same atom or group, or different atoms or groups. Then, a carbocycle or a heterocycle (these carbocycles and heterocycles may have a monocyclic structure or other rings may be condensed to form a polycyclic structure) may be formed. }
上記一般式(9)は、芳香族ビニル系単量体から得られる構造単位である。当該芳香族ビニル系単量体の具体例としては、スチレン;α-メチルスチレン、β-メチルスチレン、p-メチルスチレンなどのアルキル置換スチレン類;4-クロロスチレン、4-ブロモスチレンなどのハロゲン置換スチレン類;p-ヒドロキシスチレン、α-メチル-p-ヒドロキシスチレン、2-メチル-4-ヒドロキシスチレン、3,4-ジヒドロキシスチレンなどのヒドロキシスチレン類;ビニルベンジルアルコール類;p-メトキシスチレン、p-t-ブトキシスチレン、m-t-ブトキシスチレンなどのアルコキシ置換スチレン類;3-ビニル安息香酸、4-ビニル安息香酸などのビニル安息香酸類;メチル-4-ビニルベンゾエート、エチル-4-ビニルベンゾエートなどのビニル安息香酸エステル類;4-ビニルベンジルアセテート;4-アセトキシスチレン;2-ブチルアミドスチレン、4-メチルアミドスチレン、p-スルホンアミドスチレンなどのアミドスチレン類;3-アミノスチレン、4-アミノスチレン、2-イソプロペニルアニリン、ビニルベンジルジメチルアミンなどのアミノスチレン類;3-ニトロスチレン、4-ニトロスチレンなどのニトロスチレン類;3-シアノスチレン、4-シアノスチレンなどのシアノスチレン類;ビニルフェニルアセトニトリル;フェニルスチレンなどのアリールスチレン類、インデン類などが挙げられるが、本発明はこれらの具体例に限定されるものではない。これらの単量体は、二種以上を共重合成分として用いてもよい。これらのうち、工業的に入手が容易で、かつ安価な点で、スチレン、α-メチルスチレンが好ましい。 The general formula (9) is a structural unit obtained from an aromatic vinyl monomer. Specific examples of the aromatic vinyl monomers include styrene; alkyl-substituted styrenes such as α-methylstyrene, β-methylstyrene, and p-methylstyrene; halogen substitution such as 4-chlorostyrene and 4-bromostyrene. Styrenes; hydroxystyrenes such as p-hydroxystyrene, α-methyl-p-hydroxystyrene, 2-methyl-4-hydroxystyrene, 3,4-dihydroxystyrene; vinyl benzyl alcohols; p-methoxystyrene, p- alkoxy-substituted styrenes such as t-butoxystyrene and mt-butoxystyrene; vinyl benzoic acids such as 3-vinylbenzoic acid and 4-vinylbenzoic acid; methyl-4-vinylbenzoate, ethyl-4-vinylbenzoate, and the like Vinyl benzoates; 4-vinyl benzyl ester Tate; 4-acetoxystyrene; amide styrenes such as 2-butylamidostyrene, 4-methylamidostyrene, p-sulfonamidostyrene; 3-aminostyrene, 4-aminostyrene, 2-isopropenylaniline, vinylbenzyldimethylamine Aminostyrenes such as 3-nitrostyrene, nitrostyrenes such as 4-nitrostyrene; cyanostyrenes such as 3-cyanostyrene and 4-cyanostyrene; vinylphenylacetonitrile; arylstyrenes such as phenylstyrene, indenes However, the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. Two or more of these monomers may be used as a copolymerization component. Of these, styrene and α-methylstyrene are preferable because they are easily available industrially and are inexpensive.
一般式(10)は、アクリル酸エステル系単量体から得られる構造単位である。当該アクリル酸エステル系単量体の例としては、例えば、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ヘプチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸オクチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ノニル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸ミリスチル(n-、i-)、アクリル酸(2-エチルヘキシル)、アクリル酸(ε-カプロラクトン)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)、アクリル酸(4-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-ヒドロキシブチル)、アクリル酸(2-メトキシエチル)、アクリル酸(2-エトキシエチル)アクリル酸フェニル、メタクリル酸フェニル、アクリル酸(2または4-クロロフェニル)、メタクリル酸(2または4-クロロフェニル)、アクリル酸(2または3または4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)、メタクリル酸(2または3または4-エトキシカルボニルフェニル)、アクリル酸(oまたはmまたはp-トリル)、メタクリル酸(oまたはmまたはp-トリル)、アクリル酸ベンジル、メタクリル酸ベンジル、アクリル酸フェネチル、メタクリル酸フェネチル、アクリル酸(2-ナフチル)、アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、メタクリル酸シクロヘキシル、アクリル酸(4-メチルシクロヘキシル)、メタクリル酸(4-メチルシクロヘキシル)、アクリル酸(4-エチルシクロヘキシル)、メタクリル酸(4-エチルシクロヘキシル)等、または上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものを挙げることが出来るが、本発明はこれらの具体例に限定されるものではない。これらの単量体は、二種以上を共重合成分として用いてもよい。これらのうち、工業的に入手が容易で、かつ安価な点で、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル(i-、n-)、アクリル酸ブチル(n-、i-、s-、t-)、アクリル酸ペンチル(n-、i-、s-)、アクリル酸ヘキシル(n-、i-)、または上記アクリル酸エステルをメタクリル酸エステルに変えたものが好ましい。 General formula (10) is a structural unit obtained from an acrylate monomer. Examples of the acrylate monomer include, for example, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-) Pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), heptyl acrylate (n-, i-), octyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid Nonyl (n-, i-), myristyl acrylate (n-, i-), acrylic acid (2-ethylhexyl), acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), acrylic acid (2-hydroxyethyl), acrylic acid (2- Hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (3-hydroxypropyl), acrylic acid (4-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-hydroxybutyl), acrylic acid (2-methoxyethyl), acrylic acid Phosphoric acid (2-ethoxyethyl) phenyl acrylate, phenyl methacrylate, acrylic acid (2 or 4-chlorophenyl), methacrylic acid (2 or 4-chlorophenyl), acrylic acid (2 or 3 or 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl), Methacrylic acid (2 or 3 or 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl), acrylic acid (o or m or p-tolyl), methacrylic acid (o or m or p-tolyl), benzyl acrylate, benzyl methacrylate, phenethyl acrylate, Phenethyl methacrylate, acrylic acid (2-naphthyl), cyclohexyl acrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, acrylic acid (4-methylcyclohexyl), methacrylic acid (4-methylcyclohexyl), acrylic acid (4-ethylcyclohexyl), methacrylate Examples thereof include luric acid (4-ethylcyclohexyl) and the like, or those obtained by replacing the above acrylic ester with a methacrylic ester, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples. Two or more of these monomers may be used as a copolymerization component. Of these, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate (i-, n-), butyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), pentyl acrylate (n-, i-, s-), hexyl acrylate (n-, i-), or a methacrylic ester instead of the acrylate is preferred.
添加剤としては、一般式(9)で表される構造と一般式(10)で表される構造を両方含む共重合体であってもよい。また、共重合組成を構成する他の構造として、前記単量体と共重合性に優れたものであることが好ましい。例として、無水マレイン酸、無水シトラコン酸、シス-1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-無水ジカルボン酸、3-メチル-シス-1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-無水ジカルボン酸、4-メチル-シス-1-シクロヘキセン-1,2-無水ジカルボン酸等の酸無水物、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリルなどのニトリル基含有ラジカル重合性単量体;アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、トリフルオロメタンスルホニルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどのアミド結合含有ラジカル重合性単量体;酢酸ビニルなどの脂肪酸ビニル類;塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデンなどの塩素含有ラジカル重合性単量体;1,3-ブタジエン、イソプレン、1,4-ジメチルブタジエン等の共役ジオレフィン類をあげることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The additive may be a copolymer including both the structure represented by the general formula (9) and the structure represented by the general formula (10). Moreover, it is preferable that it is a thing excellent in the said monomer and copolymerization as another structure which comprises a copolymer composition. Examples include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3-methyl-cis-1-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 4-methyl-cis-1 -Acid anhydrides such as cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, nitrile group-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile; amides such as acrylamide, methacrylamide, trifluoromethanesulfonylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate Bond-containing radical polymerizable monomers; Fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl acetate; Chlorine-containing radical polymerizable monomers such as vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride; Conjugates such as 1,3-butadiene, isoprene and 1,4-dimethylbutadiene Diolefins can be mentioned but are not limited to these Not to.
上記のような共重合体を使用する場合、共重合体組成中に於ける一般式(9)で示される構造を少なくとも30モル%含むことが好ましい。また、一般式(10)で示される構造を少なくとも20モル%以上含むことが好ましい。また、その他の共重合成分の割合は、50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 When using the copolymer as described above, it is preferable to contain at least 30 mol% of the structure represented by the general formula (9) in the copolymer composition. Moreover, it is preferable that the structure shown by General formula (10) is included at least 20 mol% or more. Moreover, it is preferable that the ratio of another copolymerization component is 50 mol% or less.
一般式(9)または(10)で表される構造を有する化合物の重量平均分子量は500以上300000以下であることが好ましく、バインダーとの相溶性、製膜後のフィルムの透明性に優れ、光学特性の良好な発現性を示すフィルムを得るためには、500以上15000以下であることがより好ましく、500以上5000以下であることが特に好ましい。前記化合物の重量平均分子量は、GPC(展開溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、ポリスチレン換算法)により測定した値である。 The weight average molecular weight of the compound having the structure represented by the general formula (9) or (10) is preferably 500 or more and 300,000 or less, and is excellent in compatibility with the binder and transparency of the film after film formation. In order to obtain a film exhibiting good expression of characteristics, it is more preferably 500 or more and 15000 or less, and particularly preferably 500 or more and 5000 or less. The weight average molecular weight of the compound is a value measured by GPC (developing solvent: tetrahydrofuran, polystyrene conversion method).
(添加剤の合成方法)
上述した本発明で好ましく用いられる添加剤は、合成することもできる。
例えば、一般式(1)の添加剤は、スルホニルクロリド誘導体とアミン誘導体との縮合反応により得ることができる。また、一般式(2)の化合物は、スルフィドの酸化反応もしくは芳香族化合物とスルホン酸クロリドのFriedel-Crafts反応により得ることができる。
(Additive synthesis method)
The additives preferably used in the present invention described above can also be synthesized.
For example, the additive of the general formula (1) can be obtained by a condensation reaction between a sulfonyl chloride derivative and an amine derivative. The compound of the general formula (2) can be obtained by oxidation reaction of sulfide or Friedel-Crafts reaction of aromatic compound and sulfonic acid chloride.
(添加剤の添加量)
上述した本発明で好ましく用いられる一般式(1)~(5)で表される添加剤の添加量は、フィルムを構成する樹脂に対して例えば5質量%以上である。5~40質量%であることが好ましく、20~30質量%であることがより好ましい。上記添加量が5質量%未満であると含水率*酸素透過度の値が(1)低い場合:偏光板貼り合わせ適性が悪く,偏光板加工後に剥がれやすい(2)高い場合:湿熱耐久性試験の耐久性が悪いという問題が生じることがある。
また、上記添加剤は1種用いても、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いた場合、2種類以上の添加剤の添加量は2種類の合計添加量がフィルムを構成する樹脂の5~40質量%であることが好ましく、20~30質量%であることがより好ましい。
(Addition amount of additive)
The additive amount represented by the general formulas (1) to (5) preferably used in the present invention is, for example, 5% by mass or more with respect to the resin constituting the film. The content is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 30% by mass. If the amount added is less than 5% by mass, the moisture content * oxygen permeability value is (1) low: poor polarizing plate bonding suitability and easy to peel off after polarizing plate processing (2) high: wet heat durability test The problem of poor durability may occur.
Moreover, the said additive may be used 1 type, or may use 2 or more types. When two or more types are used, the addition amount of two or more types of additives is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 20 to 30% by mass of the resin constituting the film. Is more preferable.
上述した本発明で好ましく用いられる一般式(9)または(10)で表される構造を有する化合物は、フィルムを構成する樹脂の5~40質量%であることが好ましく、製膜後の透明性に優れ、光学特性の良好な発現性を示すフィルムを得るためには、20~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The compound having the structure represented by the general formula (9) or (10) preferably used in the present invention described above is preferably 5 to 40% by mass of the resin constituting the film, and the transparency after film formation In order to obtain a film that is excellent in optical properties and exhibits good optical properties, it is more preferably 20 to 30% by mass.
またこれらの一般式(9)または(10)で表される構造を有する化合物は、単独で用いても、2種以上化合物を任意の比で混合して用いてもよい。 These compounds having the structure represented by the general formula (9) or (10) may be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds at an arbitrary ratio.
2種類以上の一般式(9)または(10)で表される構造を有する化合物の合計含有量がフィルムを構成する樹脂の5~40質量%であることが好ましく、製膜後の透明性に優れ、光学特性の良好な発現性を示すフィルムを得るためには、20~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The total content of the compounds having a structure represented by two or more types of the general formula (9) or (10) is preferably 5 to 40% by mass of the resin constituting the film. In order to obtain a film that is excellent and exhibits good optical properties, it is more preferably 20 to 30% by mass.
(添加剤添加の方法)
またこれらの添加剤は、単独で用いても、2種以上の添加剤を任意の比で混合して用いてもよい。
更に、これら添加剤を添加する時期はフィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液(ドープ)作製工程中の何れであってもよく、ドープ調製工程の最後に行ってもよい。
フィルムに含まれるポリマーに対して、5~40質量%が好ましく、8~35質量%がより好ましく、10~30質量%がさらに好ましい。
(Method of adding additives)
Moreover, these additives may be used independently or may mix and use 2 or more types of additives by arbitrary ratios.
Furthermore, the timing for adding these additives may be any of the steps for preparing a solution (dope) of the resin constituting the film, or may be performed at the end of the dope preparation step.
The amount is preferably 5 to 40% by mass, more preferably 8 to 35% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 30% by mass with respect to the polymer contained in the film.
(微粒子)
本発明のフィルムに微粒子を添加することにより、フィルムの製膜安定性、加工適性を更に向上させ、巻き取りきしみ等に由来するフィルムの光学ムラを低減することができる。本発明で使用できる微粒子としては、有機あるいは無機化合物の微粒子を使用することができる。
(Fine particles)
By adding fine particles to the film of the present invention, the film formation stability and processability of the film can be further improved, and the optical unevenness of the film due to winding crease can be reduced. As fine particles that can be used in the present invention, fine particles of organic or inorganic compounds can be used.
無機化合物としては、ケイ素を含む化合物、二酸化ケイ素、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化アルミニウム、酸化バリウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ストロングチウム、酸化アンチモン、酸化スズ、酸化スズ・アンチモン、炭酸カルシウム、タルク、クレイ、焼成カオリン、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム及びリン酸カルシウム等が好ましく、更に好ましくはケイ素を含む無機化合物や金属酸化物である。すなわち、本発明においては、前記微粒子として金属酸化物あるいは無機ケイ素化合物が好ましく用いられる。本発明においては、フィルムの濁度を低減できるので、二酸化ケイ素が特に好ましく用いられる。二酸化ケイ素の微粒子としては、例えば、アエロジルR972、R974、R812、200、300、R202、OX50、TT600(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)等の商品名を有する市販品が使用できる。酸化ジルコニウムの微粒子としては、例えば、アエロジルR976及びR811(以上日本アエロジル(株)製)等の商品名で市販されているものが使用できる。 Inorganic compounds include silicon-containing compounds, silicon dioxide, titanium oxide, zinc oxide, aluminum oxide, barium oxide, zirconium oxide, strongtium oxide, antimony oxide, tin oxide, tin oxide / antimony, calcium carbonate, talc, clay, Preferred are calcined kaolin, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate and calcium phosphate, and more preferred are inorganic compounds and metal oxides containing silicon. That is, in the present invention, a metal oxide or an inorganic silicon compound is preferably used as the fine particles. In the present invention, since the turbidity of the film can be reduced, silicon dioxide is particularly preferably used. As the silicon dioxide fine particles, for example, commercially available products having a trade name such as Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, OX50, TT600 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used. As the fine particles of zirconium oxide, for example, those commercially available under trade names such as Aerosil R976 and R811 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) can be used.
有機化合物としては、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、セルロースアセテート、ポリスチレン、ポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリプロピルメタクリレート、ポリメチルアクリレート、ポリエチレンカーボネート、澱粉等があり、またそれらの粉砕分級物もあげられる。あるいは又懸濁重合法で合成した高分子化合物、スプレードライ法あるいは分散法等により球型にした高分子化合物を用いることができる。 Examples of the organic compound include polytetrafluoroethylene, cellulose acetate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polypropyl methacrylate, polymethyl acrylate, polyethylene carbonate, starch and the like, and pulverized and classified products thereof. Alternatively, a polymer compound synthesized by a suspension polymerization method, a polymer compound made spherical by a spray drying method, a dispersion method, or the like can be used.
微粒子の1次平均粒子径としては、ヘイズを低く抑えるという観点から、好ましくは、0.001μm~20μmであり、より好ましくは0.001μm~10μmであり更に好ましくは、0.002μm~1μmであり、特に好ましくは、0.005μm~0.5μmである。微粒子の1次平均粒子径の測定は、透過型電子顕微鏡で粒子を平均粒径で求められる。購入した微粒子は凝集していることが多く、使用の前に公知の方法で分散することが好ましい。分散により二次粒子径を0.2μm~1.5μmにすることが好ましく、0.3μm~1μmが更に好ましい。微粒子の添加量はフィルムを構成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.01質量部~0.3質量部が好ましく、0.05質量部~0.2質量部がさらに好ましく、0.08質量部~0.12質量部が最も好ましい。 The primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is preferably 0.001 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 0.001 μm to 10 μm, and still more preferably 0.002 μm to 1 μm, from the viewpoint of keeping the haze low. Particularly preferably, the thickness is 0.005 μm to 0.5 μm. The measurement of the primary average particle diameter of the fine particles is obtained by the average particle diameter of the particles with a transmission electron microscope. The purchased fine particles are often agglomerated and are preferably dispersed by a known method before use. The secondary particle diameter is preferably 0.2 μm to 1.5 μm by dispersion, and more preferably 0.3 μm to 1 μm. The addition amount of fine particles is preferably 0.01 to 0.3 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 0.2 parts by mass, and 0.08 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the film. Most preferred is 0.12 parts by mass.
粒子分散する場合は、ヘイズが増加し、透明性は低減するため、その平均粒径は、0.001μm~100μmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01μm~10μm、さらに好ましくは0.01μm~5μmである。
また、含有量は例えば、球形、不定形等の粒子状で分散する場合あるいは分子状で分散する場合を問わず、フィルム全体中0.0001質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.001質量%~5質量%であり、さらに好ましくは0.01質量%~3質量%である。
When the particles are dispersed, the haze increases and the transparency is reduced. Therefore, the average particle diameter is preferably 0.001 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm, and still more preferably 0.01 μm. ~ 5 μm.
Further, the content is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 10% by mass in the whole film regardless of the case where it is dispersed in the form of particles such as spheres and irregular shapes, or in the form of molecules. Is 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 3% by mass.
本発明のフィルムの好ましい光線透過率の範囲は88.0%以上であり、89.0%以上が更に好ましく、90.0%以上が特に好ましい。前記透過率は、試料13mm×40mmを、25℃、60%RHで分光光度計(U-3210、(株)日立製作所)にて、測定波長550nmにおいて測定した。 The preferable light transmittance range of the film of the present invention is 88.0% or more, more preferably 89.0% or more, and particularly preferably 90.0% or more. The transmittance was measured at a measurement wavelength of 550 nm with a spectrophotometer (U-3210, Hitachi, Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and 60% RH for a 13 mm × 40 mm sample.
上記化合物のフィルムへの組み込み方法は、特に限定はないが、フィルムを構成する樹脂と上記化合物とが入った溶液を流延し製膜する方法、フィルムを構成する樹脂を流延後のフィルムに上記化合物を含む塗工液を塗工する方法あるいは重層流延する方法等が挙げられる。本発明においては、次の2つの製造方法のいずれかにより、フィルムを製造することが好ましい。
1.フィルムを構成する樹脂、並びに、少なくとも1種の化合物を溶剤に溶解または分散する工程、流延する工程、乾燥する工程、および巻き取る工程を含むフィルムの製造方法。
2.フィルムを構成する樹脂を溶剤に溶解する工程、流延する工程、乾燥する工程、および巻き取る工程を含むことを特徴とするフィルムの製造方法であって、流延後のフィルムの少なくとも片方の面上にすくなくとも1種の化合物を含む塗工液を塗工する工程を含むフィルムの製造方法。
上記の2つの方法のいずれかにより製造することにより、平面性、均一性等の優れた、光学フィルムとして好適なフィルムを製造することができより好ましい。
The method of incorporating the above compound into the film is not particularly limited, but a method of casting a solution containing the resin constituting the film and the above compound to form a film, and the resin constituting the film into the film after casting. Examples thereof include a method of applying a coating solution containing the above compound or a method of casting in multiple layers. In this invention, it is preferable to manufacture a film by either of the following two manufacturing methods.
1. A method for producing a film comprising a resin constituting a film and a step of dissolving or dispersing at least one compound in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding.
2. A method for producing a film comprising a step of dissolving a resin constituting a film in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding, wherein at least one surface of the film after casting A method for producing a film comprising a step of applying a coating liquid containing at least one compound on the top.
It is more preferable that the film is produced by one of the above two methods, and a film suitable as an optical film having excellent flatness and uniformity can be produced.
上記1の方法においては、フィルムを構成する樹脂と上記化合物とが入った溶液を流延し製膜する。この方法の場合、フィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液を調製する際に上記化合物を溶解あるいは分散しても良いし、フィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液を流延する直前に上記化合物の溶液あるいは分散液を添加しても良い。分散液の調製にあたっては、通常の攪拌機、ホモジナーザー用の軟高速攪拌機、ボールミル、ペイントシェイカー、ダイノミルのようにメディアを使用した分散、超音波分散機等の公知の方法を用いることができる。上記化合物をフィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液に分散する場合には、分散助剤として通常用いられる界面活性剤あるいはポリマーを少量添加しても良い。 In the above method 1, a solution containing the resin constituting the film and the above compound is cast to form a film. In the case of this method, the compound may be dissolved or dispersed when preparing the resin solution constituting the film, or the compound solution or dispersion may be added immediately before casting the resin solution constituting the film. It may be added. In preparing the dispersion, known methods such as a normal stirrer, a soft high-speed stirrer for a homogenizer, a dispersion using a medium such as a ball mill, a paint shaker, and a dyno mill, and an ultrasonic disperser can be used. When the above compound is dispersed in the resin solution constituting the film, a small amount of a surfactant or polymer usually used as a dispersion aid may be added.
上記2の方法において「塗工液」は、上記化合物を主成分としていればよい。単に、上記化合物を適当な溶媒に溶解または分散した溶液または分散液を塗工液として、フィルムを構成する樹脂を主成分としてなる層(すなわち流延後のフィルム)の面上に、該塗工液を塗工してもよい。また、塗工液はバインダーを含んでいてもよく、該塗工液を塗工することによって、上記化合物を含む層を形成してもよい。
上記塗工液は、フィルムを構成する樹脂を主成分としてなる層の片側若しくは両側に塗工できる。
In the above method 2, the “coating liquid” may contain the above compound as a main component. Simply apply a solution or dispersion obtained by dissolving or dispersing the above compound in a suitable solvent onto the surface of a layer (ie, a film after casting) containing a resin as a main component (ie, a film after casting). A liquid may be applied. Moreover, the coating liquid may contain the binder, and the layer containing the said compound may be formed by coating this coating liquid.
The coating liquid can be applied to one side or both sides of a layer mainly composed of a resin constituting the film.
上記化合物の層の形成用のバインダーとしては特に限定されず親油性バインダーでもよく又親水性バインダーでもよい。親油性バインダーとしては公知の熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、放射線硬化性樹脂、反応型樹脂およびこれらの混合物を使用することができる。
上記樹脂のTgは80℃~400℃が好ましく、120℃~350℃がより好ましい。上記樹脂の質量平均分子量は1万~100万が好ましく、1万~50万がより好ましい。上記化合物を塗工液中に分散する場合には、前記1の方法と同様の分散方法を用いることができ、分散助剤として通常用いられる界面活性剤あるいはポリマーを少量添加しても良い。
The binder for forming the compound layer is not particularly limited, and may be a lipophilic binder or a hydrophilic binder. As the oleophilic binder, known thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins, radiation curable resins, reactive resins, and mixtures thereof can be used.
The Tg of the resin is preferably 80 ° C. to 400 ° C., more preferably 120 ° C. to 350 ° C. The mass average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 500,000. When the above compound is dispersed in the coating solution, the same dispersion method as the above-mentioned method 1 can be used, and a small amount of a surfactant or polymer usually used as a dispersion aid may be added.
上記熱可塑性樹脂としては、塩化ビニル・酢酸ビニル共重合体、塩化ビニル、酢酸ビニルとビニルアルコール、マレイン酸および/またはアクリル酸との共重合体、塩化ビニル・塩化ビニリデン共重合体、塩化ビニル・アクリロニトリル共重合体、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合体などのビニル系共重合体、ニトロセルロース、セルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート樹脂などのセルロース誘導体、環状ポリオレフィン樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、ポリエステルポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエーテルポリウレタン、ポリカーボネートポリウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アミノ樹脂、スチレンブタジエン樹脂、ブタジエンアクリロニトリル樹脂等のゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、フッ素系樹脂等を挙げることができる。
上記化合物を含有する層の層厚は0.0001~10μmとするのが好ましく、0.001~5μmとするのが更に好ましく、0.01から1μmとするのが更に好ましい。
フィルムの製造方法のさらなる詳細については後述する。
Examples of the thermoplastic resin include vinyl chloride / vinyl acetate copolymers, vinyl chloride, copolymers of vinyl acetate and vinyl alcohol, maleic acid and / or acrylic acid, vinyl chloride / vinylidene chloride copolymers, vinyl chloride / Acrylonitrile copolymer, vinyl copolymer such as ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer, cellulose derivatives such as nitrocellulose, cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate resin, cyclic polyolefin resin, acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, Polyvinyl butyral resin, polyester polyurethane resin, polyether polyurethane, polycarbonate polyurethane resin, polyester resin, polyether resin, polyamide resin, amino resin, styrene butadiene resin, butadiene resin Rubber-based resins such as Rironitoriru resins, silicone resins, and fluorine resins.
The thickness of the layer containing the compound is preferably 0.0001 to 10 μm, more preferably 0.001 to 5 μm, and still more preferably 0.01 to 1 μm.
Further details of the film manufacturing method will be described later.
(その他の添加剤)
本発明のフィルムには、フィルムの各製造工程において用途に応じた種々の添加剤(例えば、劣化防止剤、紫外線防止剤、剥離促進剤、可塑剤、赤外吸収剤、など)を加えることができ、それらは固体でもよく油状物でもよい。すなわち、その融点や沸点において特に限定されるものではない。例えば20℃以下と20℃以上の紫外線吸収材料の混合や、同様に劣化防止剤の混合などである。さらにまた、赤外吸収染料としては例えば特開平2001-194522号公報に記載されている。またその添加する時期はフィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液(ドープ)作製工程において何れで添加しても良いが、ドープ調製工程の最後の調製工程に添加剤を添加し調製する工程を加えて行ってもよい。更にまた、各素材の添加量は機能が発現する限りにおいて特に限定されない。また、フィルムが多層から形成される場合、各層の添加物の種類や添加量が異なってもよい。
(Other additives)
In the film of the present invention, various additives (for example, deterioration inhibitors, UV inhibitors, peeling accelerators, plasticizers, infrared absorbers, etc.) depending on the use may be added in each production process of the film. They can be solid or oily. That is, the melting point and boiling point are not particularly limited. For example, mixing of an ultraviolet absorbing material at 20 ° C. or lower and 20 ° C. or higher, and a mixture of deterioration preventing agents are also possible. Furthermore, infrared absorbing dyes are described in, for example, JP-A-2001-194522. Moreover, the addition time may be added at any time in the resin solution (dope) production process of the resin constituting the film, but it is performed by adding an additive to the final preparation process of the dope preparation process. Also good. Furthermore, the amount of each material added is not particularly limited as long as the function is exhibited. Moreover, when a film is formed from a multilayer, the kind and addition amount of the additive of each layer may differ.
(劣化防止剤)
フィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液に公知の劣化(酸化)防止剤、例えば、2、6-ジ-t-ブチル、4-メチルフェノール、4、4’-チオビス-(6-t-ブチル-3-メチルフェノール)、1、1’-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)シクロヘキサン、2、2’-メチレンビス(4-エチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、2、5-ジ-t-ブチルヒドロキノン、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス[3-(3、5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]などのフェノール系あるいはヒドロキノン系酸化防止剤を添加することができる。さらに、トリス(4-メトキシ-3、5-ジフェニル)ホスファイト、トリス(ノニルフェニル)ホスファイト、トリス(2、4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト、ビス(2、6-ジ-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェニル)ペンタエリストールジホスファイト、ビス(2、4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)ペンタエリスリトールジホスファイトなどのリン系酸化防止剤を添加することが好ましい。酸化防止剤は、フィルムを構成する樹脂100質量部に対して、0.05~5.0質量部添加する。
(Deterioration inhibitor)
A known deterioration (oxidation) inhibitor such as 2,6-di-t-butyl, 4-methylphenol, 4,4′-thiobis- (6-t-butyl-3-) is added to the resin solution constituting the film. Methylphenol), 1,1′-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) cyclohexane, 2,2′-methylenebis (4-ethyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, pentaerythrityl A phenolic or hydroquinone antioxidant such as tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] can be added. Further, tris (4-methoxy-3,5-diphenyl) phosphite, tris (nonylphenyl) phosphite, tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis (2,6-di-t It is preferable to add a phosphorus-based antioxidant such as -butyl-4-methylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite and bis (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite. The antioxidant is added in an amount of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the film.
(紫外線吸収剤)
フィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液に、偏光板または液晶等の劣化防止の観点から、紫外線吸収剤を添加することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、波長370nm以下の紫外線の吸収能に優れ、かつ良好な液晶表示性の観点から、波長400nm以上の可視光の吸収が少ないものが好ましく用いられる。本発明に好ましく用いられる紫外線吸収剤の具体例としては、例えばヒンダードフェノール系化合物、オキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物などが挙げられる。ヒンダードフェノール系化合物の例としては、2、6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、N、N’-ヘキサメチレンビス(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナミド)、1、3、5-トリメチル-2、4、6-トリス(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、トリス-(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-イソシアヌレイトなどが挙げられる。ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物の例としては、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2、2-メチレンビス(4-(1、1、3、3-テトラメチルブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール)、(2、4-ビス-(n-オクチルチオ)-6-(4-ヒドロキシ-3、5-ジ-tert-ブチルアニリノ)-1、3、5-トリアジン、トリエチレングリコール-ビス〔3-(3-tert-ブチル-5-メチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕、N、N’-ヘキサメチレンビス(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ヒドロシンナミド)、1、3、5-トリメチル-2、4、6-トリス(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)ベンゼン、2(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’、5’-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロルベンゾトリアゾール、(2(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’、5’-ジ-tert-アミルフェニル)-5-クロルベンゾトリアゾール、2、6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ペンタエリスリチル-テトラキス〔3-(3、5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート〕などが挙げられる。これらの紫外線防止剤の添加量は、フィルム全体中に質量割合で1ppm~1.0%が好ましく、10~1000ppmが更に好ましい。
(UV absorber)
From the viewpoint of preventing the deterioration of the polarizing plate or the liquid crystal, an ultraviolet absorber can be added to the resin solution constituting the film. As the ultraviolet absorber, those excellent in the ability to absorb ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less and having a small absorption of visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more are preferably used from the viewpoint of good liquid crystal display properties. Specific examples of ultraviolet absorbers preferably used in the present invention include, for example, hindered phenol compounds, oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds Etc. Examples of hindered phenol compounds include 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate]. N, N′-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert) -Butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, tris- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -isocyanurate and the like. Examples of benzotriazole compounds include 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol), (2,4-bis- (n-octylthio) -6- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylanilino) -1,3,5- Triazine, triethylene glycol-bis [3- (3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], N, N′-hexamethylenebis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4- Hydroxy-hydrocinnamide), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene, 2 (2′-hydroxy-3 ′, 5′-di-tert-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, (2 (2′-hydroxy-3 ′, 5′-di-tert-amylphenyl) -5 -Chlorobenzotriazole, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pentaerythrityl-tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] and the like. The addition amount of these ultraviolet light inhibitors is preferably 1 ppm to 1.0%, more preferably 10 to 1000 ppm by mass in the whole film.
(可塑剤)
本発明のフィルムには、可塑剤を添加することができる。具体的には、フタル酸エステル系、トリメリット酸エステル系、脂肪族二塩基酸エステル系、正リン酸エステル系、酢酸エステル系、ポリエステル・エポキシ化エステル系、リシノール酸エステル系、ポリオレフィン系、ポリエチレングリコール系化合物を挙げることができる。
(Plasticizer)
A plasticizer can be added to the film of the present invention. Specifically, phthalate ester, trimellitic ester, aliphatic dibasic ester, orthophosphate ester, acetate ester, polyester / epoxidized ester, ricinoleate ester, polyolefin, polyethylene A glycol type compound can be mentioned.
使用できる可塑剤としては、常温、常圧、液状で、かつ沸点が200℃以上の化合物から選択することが好ましい。具体的な化合物名としては、以下を例示することができる。
脂肪族二塩基酸エステル系としては、例えばジオクチルアジペート(230℃/760mmHg)、ジブチルアジペート(145℃/4mmHg)、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルアジペート(335℃/760mmHg)、ジブチルジグリコールアジペート(230~240℃/2mmHg)、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルアゼレート(220~245℃/4mmHg)、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルセバケート(377℃/760mmHg)等;フタル酸エステル系としては、例えばジエチルフタレート(298℃/760mmHg)、ジヘプチルフタレート(235~245℃/10mmHg)、ジ-n-オクチルフタレート(210℃/760mmHg)、ジイソデシルフタレート(420℃/760mmHg)等;ポリオレフィン系としては、ノルマルパラフィン、イソパラフィン、シクロパラフィン等のパラフィンワックス類(平均分子量330~600、融点45~80℃)、流動パラフィン類(JIS規格K2231ISOVG8、同VG15、同VG32、同VG68、同VG100等)、パラフィンペレット類(融点56~58℃、58~60℃、60~62℃等)、塩化パラフィン、低分子量ポリエチレン、低分子量ポリプロピレン、低分子量ポリイソブテン、水添ポリブタジエン、水添ポリイソプレン、スクアラン等を挙げることができる。
The plasticizer that can be used is preferably selected from a compound having a normal temperature, normal pressure, liquid, and a boiling point of 200 ° C. or higher. As specific compound names, the following can be exemplified.
Examples of the aliphatic dibasic acid ester system include dioctyl adipate (230 ° C./760 mmHg), dibutyl adipate (145 ° C./4 mmHg), di-2-ethylhexyl adipate (335 ° C./760 mmHg), dibutyl diglycol adipate (230-240). ° C / 2mmHg), di-2-ethylhexyl azelate (220-245 ° C / 4mmHg), di-2-ethylhexyl sebacate (377 ° C / 760mmHg), etc .; as the phthalate ester system, for example, diethyl phthalate (298 ° C / 760 mmHg), diheptyl phthalate (235 to 245 ° C./10 mm Hg), di-n-octyl phthalate (210 ° C./760 mm Hg), diisodecyl phthalate (420 ° C./760 mm Hg), etc .; Paraffin waxes (average molecular weight 330-600, melting point 45-80 ° C), liquid paraffins (JIS standard K2231 ISOVG8, VG15, VG32, VG68, VG100, etc.), paraffin pellets (Melting point 56-58 ° C., 58-60 ° C., 60-62 ° C., etc.), chlorinated paraffin, low molecular weight polyethylene, low molecular weight polypropylene, low molecular weight polyisobutene, hydrogenated polybutadiene, hydrogenated polyisoprene, squalane and the like. it can.
可塑剤の添加量としては、フィルムを構成する樹脂100質量部に対して、0.5から40.0質量部、好ましくは1.0質量部から30.0質量部、より好ましくは3.0から20.0質量部である。可塑剤の添加量がこれより少ないと可塑効果が不十分で、加工適性が向上しない。また、これ以上になると長時間経時した場合に、可塑剤が分離溶出する場合が有り、光学的ムラ、他部品への汚染等が発生し、好ましくない。 The amount of the plasticizer added is 0.5 to 40.0 parts by mass, preferably 1.0 to 30.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 3.0 to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the film. To 20.0 parts by mass. If the added amount of the plasticizer is less than this, the plastic effect is insufficient and the processability is not improved. On the other hand, the plasticizer may be separated and eluted over time for a long time, which is not preferable because optical unevenness and contamination of other parts occur.
以下、本発明のフィルムの製造方法について詳細に説明する。溶液流延法としては以下の2つの製造方法のいずれかにより、フィルムを製造することができる。
1. フィルムを構成する樹脂、所望により、少なくとも1種の化合物を溶剤に溶解または分散する工程、流延する工程、乾燥する工程、および巻き取る工程を含むフィルムの製造方法。
2. フィルムを構成する樹脂を溶剤に溶解する工程、流延する工程、乾燥する工程、および巻き取る工程を含むことを特徴とするフィルムの製造方法であって、所望により、流延後のフィルムの少なくとも片方の面上に少なくとも1種の化合物を含む塗工液を塗工する工程を含むフィルムの製造方法。
また、前記流延する工程後、延伸する。
Hereafter, the manufacturing method of the film of this invention is demonstrated in detail. As a solution casting method, a film can be manufactured by either of the following two manufacturing methods.
1. A method for producing a film comprising a resin constituting a film, and optionally a step of dissolving or dispersing at least one compound in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding.
2. A method for producing a film, comprising a step of dissolving a resin constituting a film in a solvent, a step of casting, a step of drying, and a step of winding, wherein, if desired, at least the film after casting The manufacturing method of the film including the process of coating the coating liquid containing an at least 1 sort (s) of compound on one surface.
Moreover, it extends | stretches after the said casting process.
尚、前記1と前記2の2つの製造方法は、フィルムに対する化合物の組み込み方が異なる。前記1の方法では、フィルムを構成する樹脂を主成分とする層に対し、化合物を同一層に溶解または分散するのに対し、前記2の方法では、フィルムを構成する樹脂を主成分とする層に対し化合物を含む塗工液を塗工する点で異なる。
以下、(溶解する工程、ドープ調製)~(乾燥後、巻き取る工程)まで、各工程毎に詳述するが、前記1の製造方法は、(溶解する工程、ドープ調製)において、溶解あるいは分散、添加を行なう以外は、前記2の製造方法と同じである。
Note that the two production methods 1 and 2 differ in how the compound is incorporated into the film. In the method 1 described above, the compound is dissolved or dispersed in the same layer with respect to the layer containing the resin constituting the film as the main component, whereas in the method 2 the layer containing the resin constituting the film as the main component. However, it differs in that a coating solution containing a compound is applied.
Hereinafter, the steps from (dissolving step, dope preparation) to (winding step after drying) will be described in detail for each step. The manufacturing method of 1 described above is dissolved or dispersed in (dissolving step, dope preparation). , Except for the addition, is the same as the production method of 2 above.
(溶解する工程、ドープ調製)
まず、各材料成分を後述の溶剤に溶解させてフィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液(ドープ)を調製する。ドープの調製については、室温攪拌溶解による方法、室温で攪拌してフィルムを構成する樹脂などを膨潤させた後-20から-100℃まで冷却し再度20から100℃に加熱して溶解する冷却溶解法、密閉容器中で主溶剤の沸点以上の温度にして溶解する高温溶解方法、さらには溶剤の臨界点まで高温高圧にして溶解する方法などがある。溶解性のよい樹脂などは室温溶解が好ましいが、溶解性の悪い樹脂などは密閉容器中で加熱溶解する。溶解性があまり悪くないものはできるだけ低い温度を選ぶほうが効率的である。
(Dissolution process, dope preparation)
First, each material component is dissolved in a solvent described later to prepare a resin solution (dope) constituting the film. As for the preparation of the dope, a method by stirring and dissolving at room temperature, a method of cooling and dissolving by stirring at room temperature to swell the resin constituting the film, cooling from -20 to -100 ° C., and heating again to 20 to 100 ° C. And a high-temperature dissolution method that dissolves at a temperature equal to or higher than the boiling point of the main solvent in a closed container, and a method that dissolves at a high temperature and high pressure up to the critical point of the solvent. Resins having good solubility are preferably dissolved at room temperature, but resins having poor solubility are dissolved by heating in a sealed container. If the solubility is not so bad, it is more efficient to select a temperature as low as possible.
本発明においてドープの粘度は25℃で1~500Pa・sの範囲であることが好ましい。さらに好ましくは5~200Pa・sの範囲である。粘度の測定は、試料溶液1mLをレオメーター(CLS 500)に直径 4cm/2°のSteel Cone(共にTA Instrumennts社製)を用いて測定することができる。試料溶液は予め測定開始温度にて液温一定となるまで保温した後に測定を開始する。 In the present invention, the viscosity of the dope is preferably in the range of 1 to 500 Pa · s at 25 ° C. More preferably, it is in the range of 5 to 200 Pa · s. Viscosity can be measured by using 1 mL of a sample solution in a rheometer (CLS 500) using a Steel Cone (both manufactured by TA Instruments) with a diameter of 4 cm / 2 °. Measurement is started after the sample solution is kept warm at the measurement start temperature until the liquid temperature becomes constant.
ドープを調製する際に用いる溶剤について記述する。本発明においては、フィルムを構成する樹脂等が溶解し流延、製膜できる範囲において、その目的が達成できる限りは、使用できる溶剤は特に限定されない。本発明で用いられる溶剤は、例えばジクロロメタン、クロロホルムの如き塩素系溶剤、炭素原子数が3~12の鎖状炭化水素、環状炭化水素、芳香族炭化水素、エステル、ケトン、エーテルから選ばれる溶剤が好ましい。エステル、ケトンおよび、エーテルは、環状構造を有していてもよい。炭素原子数が3~12の鎖状炭化水素類の例としては、ヘキサン、オクタン、イソオクタン、デカンなどが挙げられる。炭素原子数が3~12の環状炭化水素類としてはシクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン及びその誘導体が挙げられる。炭素原子数が3~12の芳香族炭化水素としては、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレンなどが挙げられる。炭素原子数が3~12のエステル類の例には、エチルホルメート、プロピルホルメート、ペンチルホルメート、メチルアセテート、エチルアセテートおよびペンチルアセテートが挙げられる。炭素原子数が3~12のケトン類の例には、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、ジエチルケトン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノンおよびメチルシクロヘキサノンが挙げられる。炭素原子数が3~12のエーテル類の例には、ジイソプロピルエーテル、ジメトキシメタン、ジメトキシエタン、1、4-ジオキサン、1、3-ジオキソラン、テトラヒドロフラン、アニソールおよびフェネトールが挙げられる。2種類以上の官能基を有する有機溶剤の例には、2-エトキシエチルアセテート、2-メトキシエタノールおよび2-ブトキシエタノールが挙げられる。有機溶剤の好ましい沸点は35℃以上且つ150℃以下である。本発明に使用される溶剤は、乾燥性、粘度等の溶液物性調節のために2種以上の溶剤を混合して用いることができ、更に、混合溶媒でフィルムを構成する樹脂などが溶解する限りは、貧溶媒を添加することも可能である。 Describe the solvent used to prepare the dope. In the present invention, the solvent that can be used is not particularly limited as long as the object can be achieved as long as the resin or the like constituting the film can be dissolved and cast and formed. The solvent used in the present invention is, for example, a solvent selected from chlorinated solvents such as dichloromethane and chloroform, chain hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, cyclic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, ketones and ethers. preferable. The ester, ketone and ether may have a cyclic structure. Examples of chain hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include hexane, octane, isooctane and decane. Examples of cyclic hydrocarbons having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include cyclopentane, cyclohexane and derivatives thereof. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include benzene, toluene, xylene and the like. Examples of esters having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl formate, propyl formate, pentyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate and pentyl acetate. Examples of ketones having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and methylcyclohexanone. Examples of ethers having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxolane, tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenetole. Examples of the organic solvent having two or more kinds of functional groups include 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol and 2-butoxyethanol. The preferable boiling point of the organic solvent is 35 ° C. or more and 150 ° C. or less. The solvent used in the present invention can be used by mixing two or more kinds of solvents in order to adjust solution properties such as drying property and viscosity, and further, as long as the resin constituting the film is dissolved in the mixed solvent. It is also possible to add a poor solvent.
好ましい貧溶媒は使用するポリマー種により適宜選択することができる。良溶媒として塩素系有機溶剤を使用する場合は、アルコール類を好適に使用することができる。アルコール類としては、好ましくは直鎖であっても分枝を有していても環状であってもよく、その中でも飽和脂肪族炭化水素であることが好ましい。アルコールの水酸基は、第一級~第三級のいずれであってもよい。アルコールの例には、メタノール、エタノール、1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、t-ブタノール、1-ペンタノール、2-メチル-2-ブタノールおよびシクロヘキサノールが含まれる。なおアルコールとしては、フッ素系アルコールも用いられる。例えば、2-フルオロエタノール、2、2、2-トリフルオロエタノール、2、2、3、3-テトラフルオロ-1-プロパノールなども挙げられる。貧溶媒のなかでも特に1価のアルコール類は、剥離抵抗低減効果があり、好ましく使用することができる。選択する良溶剤によって特に好ましいアルコール類は変化するが、乾燥負荷を考慮すると、沸点が120℃以下のアルコールが好ましく、炭素数が1~6の1価アルコールが更に好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコール類が特に好ましく使用することができる。特に好ましい混合溶剤は、ジクロロメタンを主溶剤とし、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノールあるいはブタノールから選ばれる1種以上のアルコール類を貧溶媒にする組み合わせである。 A preferred poor solvent can be appropriately selected depending on the polymer type to be used. When a chlorinated organic solvent is used as the good solvent, alcohols can be preferably used. The alcohols may preferably be linear, branched or cyclic, and among them, saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons are preferable. The hydroxyl group of the alcohol may be any of primary to tertiary. Examples of the alcohol include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, t-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol and cyclohexanol. As the alcohol, fluorine-based alcohol is also used. Examples thereof include 2-fluoroethanol, 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-1-propanol, and the like. Among the poor solvents, monohydric alcohols have a peeling resistance reducing effect and can be preferably used. Particularly preferred alcohols vary depending on the good solvent selected, but considering the drying load, alcohols having a boiling point of 120 ° C. or lower are preferred, monohydric alcohols having 1 to 6 carbon atoms are more preferred, and those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred. Alcohols can be used particularly preferably. A particularly preferred mixed solvent is a combination in which dichloromethane is the main solvent and one or more alcohols selected from methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, or butanol are poor solvents.
環状ポリオレフィン溶液は、使用する溶剤を適宜選択することにより、高濃度のドープが得られるのが特徴であり、濃縮という手段に頼らずとも高濃度でしかも安定性の優れた環状ポリオレフィン溶液が得られる。更に溶解し易くするために低い濃度で溶解してから、濃縮手段を用いて濃縮してもよい。濃縮の方法としては、特に限定するものはないが、例えば、低濃度溶液を筒体とその内部の周方向に回転する回転羽根外周の回転軌跡との間に導くとともに、溶液との間に温度差を与えて溶剤を蒸発させながら高濃度溶液を得る方法(例えば、特開平4-259511号公報等)、加熱した低濃度溶液をノズルから容器内に吹き込み、溶液をノズルから容器内壁に当たるまでの間で溶剤をフラッシュ蒸発させるとともに、溶剤蒸気を容器から抜き出し、高濃度溶液を容器底から抜き出す方法(例えば、米国特許第2、541、012号、米国特許第2、858、229号、米国特許第4、414、341号、米国特許第4、504、355号各明細書等などに記載の方法)等で実施できる。 The cyclic polyolefin solution is characterized in that a high concentration dope can be obtained by appropriately selecting a solvent to be used, and a cyclic polyolefin solution having a high concentration and excellent stability can be obtained without relying on a means of concentration. . Furthermore, in order to make it easy to melt | dissolve, you may melt | dissolve at a low density | concentration and may concentrate using a concentration means. The concentration method is not particularly limited. For example, the low concentration solution is guided between the cylinder and the rotation trajectory of the outer periphery of the rotating blade rotating in the circumferential direction, and the temperature between the solution and the solution is determined. A method of obtaining a high-concentration solution while evaporating the solvent by giving a difference (for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-259511), blowing a heated low-concentration solution into the container from the nozzle, In which the solvent is flash evaporated and the solvent vapor is withdrawn from the container and the concentrated solution is withdrawn from the bottom of the container (eg, US Pat. No. 2,541,012, US Pat. No. 2,858,229, US Pat. No. 4,414,341, U.S. Pat. No. 4,504,355, etc.).
溶液は流延に先だって金網やネルなどの適当な濾材を用いて、未溶解物やゴミ、不純物などの異物を濾過除去しておくのが好ましい。フィルムを構成する樹脂の溶液の濾過には絶対濾過精度が0.1μm~100μmのフィルターが用いられることが好ましく、さらには絶対濾過精度が0.5μm~25μmであるフィルターを用いることが好ましい。フィルターの厚さは、0.1μm~10mmが好ましく、更には0.2mm~2mmが好ましい。その場合、濾過圧力は1.6MPa以下、より好ましくは1.3MPa以下、更には1.0MPa以下、特に好ましくは0.6MPa以下で濾過することが好ましい。濾材としては、ガラス繊維、セルロース繊維、濾紙、四フッ化エチレン樹脂などのフッ素樹脂等の従来公知である材料を好ましく用いることができ、またセラミックス、金属等も好ましく用いられる。 Prior to casting, it is preferable to filter off foreign matters such as undissolved matter, dust, and impurities using a suitable filter medium such as a wire mesh or flannel. For the filtration of the resin solution constituting the film, a filter having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.1 μm to 100 μm is preferably used, and a filter having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.5 μm to 25 μm is more preferable. The thickness of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm to 10 mm, more preferably 0.2 mm to 2 mm. In that case, the filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, more preferably 1.3 MPa or less, further 1.0 MPa or less, and particularly preferably 0.6 MPa or less. As the filter medium, conventionally known materials such as glass fibers, cellulose fibers, filter paper, and fluororesins such as tetrafluoroethylene resin can be preferably used, and ceramics and metals are also preferably used.
ドープの製膜直前の粘度は、製膜の際に流延可能な範囲であればよく、通常5Pa・s~1000Pa・sの範囲に調製されることが好ましく、15Pa・s~500Pa・sがより好ましく、30Pa・s~200Pa・sが更に好ましい。なお、この時の温度はその流延時の温度であれば特に限定されないが、好ましくは-5~70℃であり、より好ましくは-5~35℃である。 The viscosity of the dope just before film formation may be within a range that allows casting, and is usually adjusted to a range of 5 Pa · s to 1000 Pa · s, preferably 15 Pa · s to 500 Pa · s. More preferred is 30 Pa · s to 200 Pa · s. The temperature at this time is not particularly limited as long as it is a temperature at the time of casting, but is preferably −5 to 70 ° C., more preferably −5 to 35 ° C.
本発明のフィルムを製造する方法及び設備は、従来のセルローストリアセテートからなるフィルム製造に供するのと同様の溶液流延製膜方法及び溶液流延製膜装置が用いられる。溶解機(釜)から調製されたドープを貯蔵釜で一旦貯蔵し、ドープに含まれている泡を脱泡して最終調製をする。ドープをドープ排出口から、例えば回転数によって高精度に定量送液できる加圧型定量ギヤポンプを通して加圧型ダイに送り、ドープを加圧型ダイの口金(スリット)からエンドレスに走行している流延部の金属支持体の上に均一に流延され、金属支持体がほぼ一周した剥離点で、生乾きのドープ膜(ウェブとも呼ぶ)を金属支持体から剥離する。得られるウェブの両端をクリップで挟み、テンターで搬送して乾燥し、続いて乾燥装置のロール群で搬送し乾燥を終了して巻き取り機で所定の長さに巻き取る。テンターとロール群の乾燥装置との組み合わせはその目的により変わる。電子ディスプレイ用機能性保護膜に用いる溶液流延製膜方法においては、溶液流延製膜装置の他に、下引層、帯電防止層、ハレーション防止層、保護層等のフィルムへの表面加工のために、塗布装置が付加されることが多い。以下に各製造工程について簡単に述べるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 For the method and equipment for producing the film of the present invention, the same solution casting film forming method and solution casting film forming apparatus as those used for producing a film made of conventional cellulose triacetate are used. The dope prepared from the dissolving machine (kettle) is temporarily stored in a storage kettle, and the foam contained in the dope is defoamed for final preparation. The dope is sent from the dope discharge port to the pressure die through a pressure metering gear pump capable of delivering a constant amount of liquid with high accuracy, for example, by the number of rotations, and the dope is run endlessly from the die (slit) of the pressure die. The dry-dried dope film (also referred to as web) is peeled off from the metal support at a peeling point that is uniformly cast on the metal support and substantially rounds the metal support. Both ends of the obtained web are sandwiched between clips, transported with a tenter and dried, then transported with a roll group of a drying device, dried, and wound up to a predetermined length with a winder. The combination of the tenter and the roll group dryer varies depending on the purpose. In the solution casting film forming method used for the functional protective film for electronic displays, in addition to the solution casting film forming apparatus, surface processing on films such as an undercoat layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a protective layer, etc. Therefore, a coating device is often added. Although each manufacturing process is described briefly below, it is not limited to these.
ドープは無端金属支持体上、例えば金属ドラムまたは金属支持体(バンドあるいはベルト)上に流延し、溶剤を蒸発させてフィルムを形成することが好ましい。流延前のドープは、フィルムを構成する樹脂量が10~35質量%となるように濃度を調整することが好ましい。ドラムまたはバンドの表面は、鏡面状態に仕上げておくことが好ましい。ドープは、表面温度が30℃以下のドラムまたはバンド上に流延することが好ましく、特には-50~20℃の金属支持体温度であることが好ましい。
さらに特開2000-301555号、特開2000-301558号、特開平7-032391号、特開平3-193316号、特開平5-086212号、特開昭62-037113号、特開平2-276607号、特開昭55-014201号、特開平2-111511号、および特開平2-208650号の各公報に記載のセルロースアシレート製膜技術を本発明では応用できる。
The dope is preferably cast on an endless metal support, such as a metal drum or metal support (band or belt), and the solvent is evaporated to form a film. The dope before casting is preferably adjusted in concentration so that the amount of resin constituting the film is 10 to 35% by mass. The surface of the drum or band is preferably finished in a mirror state. The dope is preferably cast on a drum or band having a surface temperature of 30 ° C. or less, and particularly preferably at a metal support temperature of −50 to 20 ° C.
Further, JP 2000-301555, JP 2000-301558, JP 7-032391, JP 3-193316, JP 5-086212, JP 62-037113, JP 2-276607. The cellulose acylate film-forming techniques described in JP-A-55-014201, JP-A-2-111511, and JP-A-2-208650 can be applied in the present invention.
(流延、重層流延)
ドープを、金属支持体としての平滑なバンド上或いはドラム上に単層液として流延してもよいし、2層以上の複数のドープを流延してもよい。
複数のドープを流延する場合、金属支持体の進行方向に間隔を置いて設けた複数の流延口からドープをそれぞれ流延させて積層させながらフィルムを作製してもよく、例えば特開昭61-158414号、特開平1-122419号、および特開平11-198285号の各公報などに記載の方法が適応できる。
また、2つの流延口からドープを流延することによってもフィルム化することもでき、例えば特公昭60-27562号、特開昭61-94724号、特開昭61-947245号、特開昭61-104813号、特開昭61-158413号、および特開平6-134933号の各公報に記載の方法で実施できる。また、特開昭56-162617号公報に記載の高粘度ドープの流れを低粘度のドープで包み込み、その高、低粘度のドープを同時に押出すフィルム流延方法でもよい。更にまた、特開昭61-94724号および特開昭61-94725号の各公報に記載の外側の溶液が内側の溶液よりも貧溶媒であるアルコール成分を多く含有させることも好ましい態様である。或いはまた2個の流延口を用いて、第一の流延口により金属支持体に成型したフィルムを剥離し、金属支持体面に接していた側に第二の流延を行うことにより、フィルムを作製することでもよく、例えば特公昭44-20235号公報に記載されている方法である。流延するドープは同一の溶液でもよいし、異なるドープでもよく特に限定されない。複数の樹脂層に機能を持たせるために、その機能に応じたドープを、それぞれの流延口から押出せばよい。さらにドープは、他の機能層(例えば、接着層、染料層、帯電防止層、アンチハレーション層、マット剤層、UV吸収層、偏光層など)を同時に流延することも実施しうる。
(Casting, multistory casting)
The dope may be cast as a single layer liquid on a smooth band or a drum as a metal support, or a plurality of dopes of two or more layers may be cast.
When casting a plurality of dopes, a film may be produced by casting and laminating the dopes from a plurality of casting openings provided at intervals in the traveling direction of the metal support. The methods described in JP-A-61-158414, JP-A-1-122419, and JP-A-11-198285 can be applied.
The film can also be formed by casting a dope from two casting ports. For example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-27562, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-94724, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 61-947245, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. It can be carried out by the methods described in JP-A Nos. 61-104813, 61-158413, and 6-134933. Alternatively, a film casting method described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 56-162617 may be a film casting method in which a flow of a high viscosity dope is wrapped with a low viscosity dope and the high and low viscosity dopes are extruded simultaneously. Furthermore, it is also a preferred embodiment that the outer solution described in JP-A-61-94724 and JP-A-61-94725 contains a larger amount of an alcohol component which is a poor solvent than the inner solution. Alternatively, the film is formed by peeling the film formed on the metal support by the first casting port using the two casting ports, and performing the second casting on the side in contact with the metal support surface. For example, it is a method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 44-20235. The cast dope may be the same solution or different dope, and is not particularly limited. In order to give a function to a plurality of resin layers, a dope corresponding to the function may be extruded from each casting port. Further, the dope may be cast by simultaneously casting other functional layers (for example, an adhesive layer, a dye layer, an antistatic layer, an antihalation layer, a matting agent layer, a UV absorbing layer, a polarizing layer).
単層液では必要なフィルム厚さにするためには高濃度で高粘度のドープを押出すことが必要であり、その場合ドープの安定性が悪くて固形物が発生し、ブツ故障となったり、平面性が不良であったりして問題となりやすい。この解決として、複数のドープを流延口から流延することにより、高粘度の溶液を同時に金属支持体上に押出すことができ、平面性も良化し優れた面状のフィルムが作製できるばかりでなく、濃厚なドープを用いることで乾燥負荷の低減化が達成でき、フィルムの生産スピードを高めることができる。
共流延の場合、内側と外側の厚さは特に限定されないが、好ましくは外側が全膜厚の1~50%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは2~30%の厚さである。ここで、3層以上の共流延の場合は金属支持体に接した層と空気側に接した層のトータル膜厚を外側の厚さと定義する。共流延の場合、前述の添加物濃度が異なるドープを共流延して、積層構造のフィルムを作製することもできる。例えば、スキン層/コア層/スキン層といった構成のフィルムを作ることができる。劣化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤はスキン層よりもコア層に多くいれることができ、コア層のみにいれてもよい。また、コア層とスキン層で劣化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤の種類を変更することもでき、例えばスキン層に低揮発性の劣化防止剤及び/または紫外線吸収剤を含ませ、コア層に可塑性に優れた可塑剤、或いは紫外線吸収性に優れた紫外線吸収剤を添加することもできる。また、剥離促進剤を金属支持体側のスキン層のみ含有させることも好ましい態様である。また、冷却ドラム法で金属支持体を冷却して溶液をゲル化させるために、スキン層に貧溶媒であるアルコールをコア層より多く添加することも好ましい。スキン層とコア層のTgが異なっていても良く、スキン層のTgよりコア層のTgが低いことが好ましい。また、流延時のドープの粘度もスキン層とコア層で異なっていても良く、スキン層の粘度がコア層の粘度よりも小さいことが好ましいが、コア層の粘度がスキン層の粘度より小さくてもよい。
In order to achieve the required film thickness with a single layer solution, it is necessary to extrude a high-concentration and high-viscosity dope. The flatness is poor, and it tends to be a problem. As a solution to this, by casting a plurality of dopes from a casting port, a highly viscous solution can be extruded onto a metal support at the same time, and the planarity is improved and an excellent planar film can be produced. In addition, by using a thick dope, a reduction in drying load can be achieved, and the production speed of the film can be increased.
In the case of co-casting, the inner and outer thicknesses are not particularly limited, but the outer side is preferably 1 to 50% of the total film thickness, more preferably 2 to 30%. Here, in the case of co-casting with three or more layers, the total thickness of the layer in contact with the metal support and the layer in contact with the air side is defined as the outer thickness. In the case of co-casting, a film having a laminated structure can be produced by co-casting the above-mentioned dopes having different additive concentrations. For example, a film having a structure of skin layer / core layer / skin layer can be produced. The deterioration inhibitor and the ultraviolet absorber can be contained in the core layer more than the skin layer, and may be contained only in the core layer. It is also possible to change the type of deterioration inhibitor and ultraviolet absorber between the core layer and the skin layer. For example, the skin layer may contain a low volatility deterioration inhibitor and / or an ultraviolet absorber so that the core layer is plastic. It is also possible to add an excellent plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber excellent in ultraviolet absorption. Moreover, it is also a preferable aspect to contain a peeling accelerator only in the skin layer on the metal support side. It is also preferable to add more alcohol, which is a poor solvent, to the skin layer than the core layer in order to cool the metal support by the cooling drum method to gel the solution. The Tg of the skin layer and the core layer may be different, and the Tg of the core layer is preferably lower than the Tg of the skin layer. Further, the viscosity of the dope at the time of casting may be different between the skin layer and the core layer, and the viscosity of the skin layer is preferably smaller than the viscosity of the core layer, but the viscosity of the core layer is smaller than the viscosity of the skin layer. Also good.
(流延)
ドープの流延方法としては、調製されたドープを加圧ダイから金属支持体上に均一に押し出す方法、一旦金属支持体上に流延されたドープをブレードで膜厚を調節するドクターブレードによる方法、或いは逆回転するロールで調節するリバースロールコーターによる方法等があるが、加圧ダイによる方法が好ましい。加圧ダイにはコートハンガータイプやTダイタイプ等があるがいずれも好ましく用いることができる。また、ここで挙げた方法以外にも従来知られているセルローストリアセテート溶液を流延製膜する種々の方法で実施でき、用いる溶剤の沸点等の違いを考慮して各条件を設定することによりそれぞれの公報に記載の内容と同様の効果が得られる。本発明のフィルムを製造するのに使用されるエンドレスに走行する金属支持体としては、表面がクロムメッキによって鏡面仕上げされたドラムや表面研磨によって鏡面仕上げされたステンレスベルト(バンドといってもよい)が用いられる。本発明のフィルムの製造に用いられる加圧ダイは、金属支持体の上方に1基或いは2基以上の設置でもよい。好ましくは1基または2基である。2基以上設置する場合には流延するドープ量をそれぞれのダイに種々な割合にわけてもよく、複数の精密定量ギヤアポンプからそれぞれの割合でダイにドープを送液してもよい。流延に用いられるドープの温度は、-10~55℃が好ましくより好ましくは25~50℃である。その場合、工程のすべてが同一でもよく、あるいは工程の各所で異なっていてもよい。異なる場合は、流延直前で所望の温度であればよい。
(Casting)
As a dope casting method, a method of uniformly extruding the prepared dope from a pressure die onto a metal support, a method using a doctor blade for adjusting the film thickness of the dope once cast on the metal support with a blade Alternatively, there is a method using a reverse roll coater that adjusts with a reverse rotating roll, but a method using a pressure die is preferable. The pressure die includes a coat hanger type and a T die type, and any of them can be preferably used. In addition to the methods listed here, it can be carried out by various methods of casting a cellulose triacetate solution known in the art, and by setting each condition in consideration of differences in the boiling point of the solvent used, etc. The same effects as described in the above publication can be obtained. The endlessly running metal support used for producing the film of the present invention includes a drum whose surface is mirror-finished by chrome plating and a stainless steel belt whose surface is mirror-finished by surface polishing (may be called a band) Is used. One or two or more pressure dies used for producing the film of the present invention may be installed above the metal support. Preferably 1 or 2 groups. When two or more units are installed, the amount of dope to be cast may be divided into various ratios for each die, or the dope may be fed to the dies from each of a plurality of precision quantitative gear pumps. The temperature of the dope used for casting is preferably −10 to 55 ° C., more preferably 25 to 50 ° C. In that case, all of the processes may be the same, or may be different at various points in the process. If they are different, the temperature may be a desired temperature just before casting.
(乾燥)
フィルムの製造に係わる金属支持体上におけるドープの乾燥は、一般的には金属支持体(例えばドラム或いはバンド)の表面側、つまり金属支持体上にあるウェブの表面から熱風を当てる方法、ドラム或いはバンドの裏面から熱風を当てる方法、温度コントロールした液体をバンドやドラムのドープ流延面の反対側である裏面から接触させて、伝熱によりドラム或いはバンドを加熱し表面温度をコントロールする液体伝熱方法などがあるが、裏面液体伝熱方式が好ましい。流延される前の金属支持体の表面温度はドープに用いられている溶剤の沸点以下であれば何度でもよい。しかし乾燥を促進するためには、また金属支持体上での流動性を失わせるためには、使用される溶剤の内の最も沸点の低い溶剤の沸点より1~10度低い温度に設定することが好ましい。尚、流延ドープを冷却して乾燥することなく剥ぎ取る場合はこの限りではない。
(Dry)
The drying of the dope on the metal support involved in the production of the film is generally performed by applying hot air from the surface side of the metal support (for example, drum or band), that is, the surface of the web on the metal support, Method of applying hot air from the back side of the band, contacting the temperature controlled liquid from the back side opposite to the band or drum dope casting surface, and heating the drum or band by heat transfer to control the surface temperature Although there are methods, the back surface liquid heat transfer method is preferable. The surface temperature of the metal support before casting may be any number as long as it is not higher than the boiling point of the solvent used for the dope. However, in order to promote drying and to lose fluidity on the metal support, the temperature should be set to 1 to 10 degrees below the boiling point of the lowest boiling solvent used. Is preferred. This is not the case when the casting dope is cooled and peeled off without drying.
(剥離)
生乾きのフィルムを金属支持体から剥離するとき、剥離抵抗(剥離荷重)が大きいと、製膜方向にフィルムが不規則に伸ばされて光学的な異方性むらを生じる。特に剥離荷重が大きいときは、製膜方向に段状に伸ばされたところと伸ばされていないところが交互に生じて、レターデーションに分布を生じる。液晶表示装置に装填すると線状あるいは帯状にむらが見えるようになる。このような問題を発生させないためには、フィルムの剥離荷重をフィルム剥離幅1cmあたり0.25N以下にすることが好ましい。剥離荷重はより好ましくは0.2N/cm以下、さらに好ましくは0.15N以下、特に好ましくは0.10N以下である。剥離荷重0.2N/cm以下のときはむらが現れやすい液晶表示装置においても剥離起因のむらは全く認められず、特に好ましい。剥離荷重を小さくする方法としては、前述のように剥離剤を添加する方法と、使用する溶剤組成の選択による方法がある。
剥離荷重の測定は次のようにして行う。製膜装置の金属支持体と同じ材質・表面粗さの金属板上にドープを滴下し、ドクターブレードを用いて均等な厚さに展延し乾燥する。カッターナイフでフィルムに均等幅の切れ込みを入れ、フィルムの先端を手で剥がしてストレンゲージにつながったクリップで挟み、ストレンゲージを斜め45度方向に引き上げながら、荷重変化を測定する。剥離されたフィルム中の揮発分も測定する。乾燥時間を変えて何回か同じ測定を行い、実際の製膜工程における剥離時残留揮発分と同じ時の剥離荷重を定める。剥離速度が速くなると剥離荷重は大きくなる傾向があり、実際に近い剥離速度で測定することが好ましい。
剥離時の好ましい残留揮発分濃度は5質量%~60質量%である。10質量%~50質量%が更に好ましく、20質量%~40質量%が特に好ましい。高揮発分で剥離すると乾燥速度が稼げて、生産性が向上して好ましい。一方、高揮発分ではフィルムの強度や弾性が小さく、剥離力に負けて切断したり、伸びてしまう。また剥離後の自己保持力が乏しく、変形、しわ、クニックを生じやすくなる。またレターデーションに分布を生じる原因になる。
(Peeling)
When peeling a raw dry film from a metal support, if the peeling resistance (peeling load) is large, the film is irregularly stretched in the film forming direction, resulting in uneven optical anisotropy. In particular, when the peeling load is large, a portion stretched stepwise in the film forming direction and a portion unstretched are alternately generated, resulting in a distribution in retardation. When loaded in a liquid crystal display device, the line or strip becomes uneven. In order not to cause such a problem, it is preferable to set the peeling load of the film to 0.25 N or less per 1 cm of the film peeling width. The peeling load is more preferably 0.2 N / cm or less, further preferably 0.15 N or less, and particularly preferably 0.10 N or less. When the peeling load is 0.2 N / cm or less, even in a liquid crystal display device in which unevenness is likely to appear, no unevenness due to peeling is observed, which is particularly preferable. As a method for reducing the peeling load, there are a method of adding a release agent as described above and a method of selecting a solvent composition to be used.
The peel load is measured as follows. The dope is dropped on a metal plate having the same material and surface roughness as the metal support of the film forming apparatus, spread to a uniform thickness using a doctor blade, and dried. Cut the film with a cutter knife with a uniform width, peel off the tip of the film by hand and sandwich it with a clip connected to the strain gauge, and measure the load change while pulling up the strain gauge in an oblique 45 degree direction. The volatile content in the peeled film is also measured. The same measurement is performed several times by changing the drying time, and the peeling load at the same time as the residual volatile content at the peeling in the actual film forming process is determined. As the peeling speed increases, the peeling load tends to increase, and it is preferable to measure at a peeling speed close to the actual peeling speed.
A preferable residual volatile content at the time of peeling is 5% by mass to 60% by mass. 10% by mass to 50% by mass is more preferable, and 20% by mass to 40% by mass is particularly preferable. Peeling with a high volatile content is preferable because the drying rate can be increased and the productivity is improved. On the other hand, when the volatile content is high, the strength and elasticity of the film are small, and the film is cut or stretched against the peeling force. Further, the self-holding force after peeling is poor, and deformation, wrinkles and nicks are likely to occur. It also causes distribution in the retardation.
(延伸処理)
本発明の延伸フィルムは、上記の溶液流延法により形成されたフィルムであって、Rth(λ=590nmにて測定)の初期値が30nm以上であるフィルムを、下記式I)を満たす温度Tで延伸してなるフィルムである。
式I) 0.2≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.9
式中、Rth(T)は、前記フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後の前記フィルムのRth(λ=590nmにて測定)であり、Rth(I)は、前記フィルムのRthの初期値である。
温度Tは,フィルムのTgを測定した後、Tg/Tg+30℃/Tg+60℃/Tg+90℃の各温度でフィルムを実際に処理したのち、それぞれの光学特性を評価する方法などで決定することができる。
(Extension process)
The stretched film of the present invention is a film formed by the above-mentioned solution casting method, and has a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), where Rth (measured at λ = 590 nm) is 30 nm or more. It is a film formed by stretching.
Formula I) 0.2 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.9
In the formula, Rth (T) is Rth (measured at λ = 590 nm) of the film after being held at temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film, and Rth (I) is This is the initial value of Rth of the film.
The temperature T can be determined by measuring the Tg of the film and then actually processing the film at each temperature of Tg / Tg + 30 ° C./Tg+60° C./Tg+90° C. and then evaluating each optical characteristic.
ウェブを延伸する方法には特に限定はない。例えば、複数のロールに周速差をつけ、その間でロール周速差を利用して縦方向に延伸する方法、ウェブの両端をクリップやピンで固定し、クリップやピンの間隔を進行方向に広げて縦方向に延伸する方法、同様に横方向に広げて横方向に延伸する方法、あるいは縦横同時に広げて縦横両方向に延伸する方法などが挙げられる。もちろんこれらの方法は、組み合わせて用いてもよい。より詳細には、リニアドライブ方式でクリップ部分を駆動すると滑らかな延伸が行うことができ、破断等の危険性が減少できるのでテンター法がより好ましい。 There is no particular limitation on the method of stretching the web. For example, a method in which a circumferential speed difference is applied to a plurality of rolls, and the roll circumferential speed difference is used to stretch the rolls in the longitudinal direction. And a method of stretching in the vertical direction, a method of stretching in the horizontal direction and stretching in the horizontal direction, or a method of stretching in the vertical and horizontal directions and stretching in both the vertical and horizontal directions. Of course, these methods may be used in combination. More specifically, when the clip portion is driven by the linear drive method, smooth stretching can be performed and the risk of breakage or the like can be reduced, so the tenter method is more preferable.
一般的な延伸機ならば何でもよいが、例えば、井元製作所製のフィルム二軸延伸装置11A9を用いて,1辺5チャック延伸方式にて延伸を行うことができる。未延伸フィルムの作成方法は,二軸延伸装置の温度を温度Tに上昇させ,安定した状態において,蓋を開放しなるべく迅速にフィルムを把持する。すぐに蓋を閉め,温度が再び温度Tになるまで待つ。温度が到達したら,その状態で3分間放置する。放置時間が終了したら,蓋を開放し,サンプルを取り出し,すぐに冷却する。
次に延伸フィルムについては,二軸延伸装置の温度を温度Tに上昇させ,安定した状態において,蓋を開放しなるべく迅速にフィルムを把持する。すぐに蓋を閉め,温度が再び温度Tになるまで待つ。温度が到達したら,その状態で1min間放置し,延伸を開始する。その後,蓋を開放し,サンプルを取り出し,すぐに冷却する。
式I)において、0.5≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.8であるのが、さらに好ましい。
Any general stretching machine may be used. For example, stretching can be performed by a one-side five-chuck stretching method using a film biaxial stretching apparatus 11A9 manufactured by Imoto Seisakusho. In the method for producing an unstretched film, the temperature of the biaxial stretching apparatus is raised to the temperature T, and the film is grasped as quickly as possible by opening the lid in a stable state. Immediately close the lid and wait until the temperature reaches temperature T again. When the temperature reaches, leave it in that state for 3 minutes. When the incubation period is over, open the lid, remove the sample, and cool immediately.
Next, with respect to the stretched film, the temperature of the biaxial stretching apparatus is raised to the temperature T, and in a stable state, the lid is opened and the film is gripped as quickly as possible. Immediately close the lid and wait until the temperature reaches temperature T again. When the temperature reaches, it is left in that state for 1 min and stretching is started. Then open the lid, remove the sample and cool immediately.
In the formula I), it is more preferable that 0.5 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.8.
フィルムを延伸処理する場合は、剥離のすぐ後の未だフィルム中に溶剤が十分に残留している状態で行うのが好ましい。延伸の目的は、(1)しわや変形のない平面性に優れたフィルムを得るため及び、(2)フィルムの面内レターデーションを大きくするために行う。(1)の目的で延伸を行うときは、比較的高い温度で延伸を行い、延伸倍率も1%からせいぜい10%までの低倍率の延伸を行う。2%から5%の延伸が特に好ましい。(1)と(2)の両方の目的、あるいは(2)だけの目的で延伸する場合は、比較的低い温度で、延伸倍率も5%から150%で延伸する。 When the film is stretched, it is preferably carried out in a state where the solvent still remains in the film immediately after peeling. The purpose of stretching is (1) to obtain a film having excellent flatness without wrinkles and deformation, and (2) to increase the in-plane retardation of the film. When stretching is performed for the purpose of (1), stretching is performed at a relatively high temperature, and stretching is performed at a low magnification from 1% to 10% at most. A stretch of 2% to 5% is particularly preferred. When stretching for the purposes of both (1) and (2) or only for the purpose of (2), stretching is performed at a relatively low temperature and a stretching ratio of 5% to 150%.
フィルムの延伸は、縦あるいは横だけの一軸延伸でもよく同時あるいは逐次2軸延伸でもよい。VA液晶セルやOCB液晶セル用光学補償フィルムの複屈折は、幅方向の屈折率が長さ方向の屈折率よりも大きくなることが好ましい。従って幅方向により多く延伸することが好ましい。 The stretching of the film may be uniaxial stretching only in the longitudinal or lateral direction, or simultaneous or sequential biaxial stretching. The birefringence of the optical compensation film for a VA liquid crystal cell or OCB liquid crystal cell is preferably such that the refractive index in the width direction is larger than the refractive index in the length direction. Therefore, it is preferable to stretch more in the width direction.
本発明のフィルムは、前記式I)を満たす温度TにおけるTG-DTAで測定した60分間の重量減少率が5%以下である。重量減少率が5%よりも大きいと、分子の熱分解,および,揮散物質が延伸工程を汚染するという理由で好ましくない。
重量減少率は4%以下であることが好ましく、3%以下であることがより好ましい。
重量減少率は、重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100で求められるものである。
The film of the present invention has a weight loss rate of 60% or less as measured by TG-DTA at a temperature T satisfying the formula I). If the weight loss rate is greater than 5%, it is not preferable because of thermal decomposition of molecules and volatilization substances contaminating the stretching process.
The weight reduction rate is preferably 4% or less, and more preferably 3% or less.
The weight reduction rate is obtained by weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100. is there.
(後乾燥、巻き取る工程)
フィルムは延伸後更に乾燥し、残留揮発分を2%以下にして巻き取る。
本発明の出来上がり(乾燥後)の延伸フィルムの厚さは、使用目的によって異なるが、通常20μm~500μmの範囲であり、30μm~150μmの範囲が好ましく、特に液晶表示装置用には40μm~110μmであることが好ましい。
延伸フィルム厚さの調製は、所望の厚さになるように、ドープ中に含まれる固形分濃度、ダイの口金のスリット間隙、ダイからの押し出し圧力、金属支持体速度等を調節すればよい。以上のようにして得られた延伸フィルムの幅は0.5m~3mが好ましく、より好ましくは0.6m~2.5m、さらに好ましくは0.8m~2.2mである。フィルムの幅が0.5m以上であれば生産性が低減することなく、3m以下であればウェッブハンドリング性が悪くなったり、フィルムの光学均一性が低減したりすることなく、さらにはフィルムにヨレ、スジ等の好ましくない現象が発生せず好ましい。長さは1ロールあたり100m~10000mで巻き取るのが好ましく、より好ましくは500m~7000mであり、さらに好ましくは1000m~6000mである。フィルム長が100m以上であれば、ロール交換の頻度が多くなることによる生産性の低減がなく、10000m以下であればウェッブハンドリング性が悪くなったり、フィルムの光学均一性が低減することなく、さらにはフィルムにヨレ、スジ等の好ましくない現象が発生せず好ましい。巻き取る際、少なくとも片端にナーリングを付与するのが好ましく、幅は3mm~50mm、より好ましくは5m~30mm、高さは0.5~500μmであり、より好ましくは1~200μmである。これは片押しであっても両押しであっても良い。全幅のRe値のばらつきが±5nmであることが好ましく、±3nmであることが更に好ましい。また、Rth値のバラツキは±10nmが好ましく、±5nmであることが更に好ましい。また、長さ方向のRe値、及びRth値のバラツキも幅方向のバラツキの範囲内であることが好ましい。透明感を保つためヘイズは0.01~2%が好ましい。
(Post-drying and winding process)
The film is further dried after stretching, and wound up with a residual volatile content of 2% or less.
The thickness of the finished stretched film (after drying) of the present invention varies depending on the purpose of use, but is usually in the range of 20 μm to 500 μm, preferably in the range of 30 μm to 150 μm, and in particular for liquid crystal display devices, it is 40 μm to 110 μm. Preferably there is.
The stretched film thickness may be adjusted by adjusting the solid content concentration contained in the dope, the slit gap of the die base, the extrusion pressure from the die, the metal support speed, and the like so as to obtain a desired thickness. The width of the stretched film obtained as described above is preferably 0.5 m to 3 m, more preferably 0.6 m to 2.5 m, and still more preferably 0.8 m to 2.2 m. If the width of the film is 0.5 m or more, the productivity is not reduced, and if it is 3 m or less, the web handling property is not deteriorated or the optical uniformity of the film is not reduced. This is preferable because undesirable phenomena such as streaks do not occur. The length is preferably 100 m to 10,000 m per roll, more preferably 500 m to 7000 m, and still more preferably 1000 m to 6000 m. If the film length is 100 m or more, there is no reduction in productivity due to an increase in the frequency of roll exchange, and if it is 10000 m or less, the web handling property is not deteriorated, and the optical uniformity of the film is further reduced. Is preferable because no undesirable phenomenon such as twisting or streaking occurs in the film. When winding, knurling is preferably applied to at least one end, the width is 3 mm to 50 mm, more preferably 5 m to 30 mm, and the height is 0.5 to 500 μm, more preferably 1 to 200 μm. This may be a single push or a double push. The variation in the Re value over the entire width is preferably ± 5 nm, and more preferably ± 3 nm. Further, the variation of the Rth value is preferably ± 10 nm, and more preferably ± 5 nm. Further, it is preferable that the variation in the Re value and the Rth value in the length direction is also within the range of the variation in the width direction. In order to maintain transparency, the haze is preferably 0.01 to 2%.
(延伸フィルムの光学特性)
本発明の延伸フィルムの好ましい光学特性は、フィルムの用途により異なるが、本発明では、延伸後の光学特性が、25nm≦Re≦100nm、50nm≦Rth≦300nmを満たすことが好ましい。また、50nm≦Re≦70nm、90nm≦Rth≦120nmを満たすことがより好ましい。ここで、Reはλ=590nmにて測定した面内のレターデーション値であり、Rthはλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値である。
また、本発明の延伸フィルムは下記の条件を満たすことが、液晶表示装置用の光学フィルムの特にVAパネル用の位相差フィルムへの用途から好ましい。
本発明の延伸フィルムは、1.75≦Rth/Re+0.5≦5を満たすことが好ましい(Rthはλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Reはλ=590nmにて測定した面内のレターデーション値である)。この範囲を満たすことにより、VA用の液晶表示装置を光学補償するという点で好ましい。
(Optical properties of stretched film)
The preferred optical properties of the stretched film of the present invention vary depending on the application of the film, but in the present invention, the stretched optical properties preferably satisfy 25 nm ≦ Re ≦ 100 nm and 50 nm ≦ Rth ≦ 300 nm. Moreover, it is more preferable to satisfy 50 nm ≦ Re ≦ 70 nm and 90 nm ≦ Rth ≦ 120 nm. Here, Re is an in-plane retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm, and Rth is a thickness direction retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm.
Moreover, it is preferable that the stretched film of the present invention satisfies the following conditions from the use of an optical film for a liquid crystal display device, particularly a retardation film for a VA panel.
The stretched film of the present invention preferably satisfies 1.75 ≦ Rth / Re + 0.5 ≦ 5 (Rth is a retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm, and Re is at λ = 590 nm. It is the measured in-plane retardation value). By satisfying this range, it is preferable in terms of optically compensating the VA liquid crystal display device.
また、本発明の延伸フィルムは、ヘイズが3%以下であるのが好ましい。ヘイズは、フィルム試料40mm×80mmを、25℃、60%RHでヘイズメーター“HGM-2DP”{スガ試験機(株)製}でJIS K-6714に従って測定する。 The stretched film of the present invention preferably has a haze of 3% or less. The haze is measured on a film sample of 40 mm × 80 mm at 25 ° C. and 60% RH with a haze meter “HGM-2DP” (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) according to JIS K-6714.
本発明の延伸フィルムは使用する樹脂などの構造、添加剤の種類及び添加量、延伸倍率、剥離時の残留揮発分などの工程条件を適宜調節することで所望の光学特性を実現することができる。
本明細書において、Re(λ)、Rth(λ)は各々、波長λにおける面内のレターデーションおよび厚さ方向のレターデーションを表す。Re(λ)はKOBRA 21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)において波長λnmの光をフィルム法線方向に入射させて測定される。測定波長λnmの選択にあたっては、波長選択フィルターをマニュアルで交換するか、または測定値をプログラム等で変換して測定することができる。測定されるフィルムが1軸または2軸の屈折率楕円体で表されるものである場合には、以下の方法によりRth(λ)は算出される。Rth(λ)は前記Re(λ)を、面内の遅相軸(KOBRA 21ADHにより判断される)を傾斜軸(回転軸)として(遅相軸がない場合にはフィルム面内の任意の方向を回転軸とする)のフィルム法線方向に対して法線方向から片側50度まで10度ステップで各々その傾斜した方向から波長λnmの光を入射させて全部で6点測定し、その測定されたレターデーション値と平均屈折率の仮定値及び入力された膜厚値を基にKOBRA 21ADHが算出する。尚、遅相軸を傾斜軸(回転軸)として(遅相軸がない場合にはフイルム面内の任意の方向を回転軸とする)、任意の2方向からレターデーション値を測定し、その値と平均屈折率の仮定値及び入力された膜厚値を基に、以下の式(1)及び式(2)よりRthを算出することもできる。ここで平均屈折率の仮定値はポリマーハンドブック(JOHN WILEY&SONS,INC)、各種光学フィルムのカタログの値を使用することができる。平均屈折率の値が既知でないものについてはアッベ屈折計で測定することができる。主な光学フィルムの平均屈折率の値を以下に例示する:セルロースアシレート(1.48)、シクロオレフィンポリマー(1.52)、ポリカーボネート(1.59)、ポリメチルメタクリレート(1.49)、ポリスチレン(1.59)である。これら平均屈折率の仮定値と膜厚を入力することで、KOBRA 21ADHはnx、ny、nzを算出する。この算出されたnx,ny,nzよりNz=(nx-nz)/(nx-ny)が更に算出される。
The stretched film of the present invention can realize desired optical characteristics by appropriately adjusting the process conditions such as the structure of the resin used, the type and amount of additives, the stretch ratio, the residual volatile content during peeling, and the like. .
In this specification, Re (λ) and Rth (λ) respectively represent in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction at a wavelength λ. Re (λ) is measured by making light having a wavelength of λ nm incident in the normal direction of the film in KOBRA 21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). In selecting the measurement wavelength λnm, the wavelength selection filter can be exchanged manually, or the measured value can be converted by a program or the like. When the film to be measured is represented by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, Rth (λ) is calculated by the following method. Rth (λ) is Re (λ), with the in-plane slow axis (determined by KOBRA 21ADH) as the tilt axis (rotary axis) (in the absence of the slow axis, any direction in the film plane) Is measured in 6 points from the inclined direction in 10 degree steps from the normal direction to 50 degrees on one side with respect to the normal direction of the film. KOBRA 21ADH is calculated based on the retardation value, the assumed average refractive index, and the input film thickness value. The retardation value is measured from any two directions with the slow axis as the tilt axis (rotary axis) (in the absence of the slow axis, the arbitrary direction in the film plane is the rotational axis), and the value Rth can also be calculated from the following formulas (1) and (2) based on the assumed average refractive index and the input film thickness value. Here, as the assumed value of the average refractive index, values in the polymer handbook (John Wiley & Sons, Inc.) and catalogs of various optical films can be used. Those whose average refractive index is not known can be measured with an Abbe refractometer. The average refractive index values of main optical films are exemplified below: cellulose acylate (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49), Polystyrene (1.59). The KOBRA 21ADH calculates nx, ny, and nz by inputting the assumed value of the average refractive index and the film thickness. Nz = (nx−nz) / (nx−ny) is further calculated from the calculated nx, ny, and nz.
ここで、上記のRe(θ)は法線方向から角度θ傾斜した方向におけるレターデーション値をあらわす。 Here, the above Re (θ) represents a retardation value in a direction inclined by an angle θ from the normal direction.
Rth=((nx+ny)/2-nz)×d --- 式(2)
なおこの際、パラメータとして平均屈折率nが必要になるが、これはアッベ屈折計((株)アタゴ社製の『アッベ屈折計2-T』)により測定した値を用いた。
Rth = ((nx + ny) / 2−nz) × d −−− Formula (2)
At this time, an average refractive index n is required as a parameter, and a value measured by an Abbe refractometer (“Abbe refractometer 2-T” manufactured by Atago Co., Ltd.) was used.
次いで、上述の本発明の延伸フィルムを有する偏光板用保護フィルム及び光学補償フィルム、並びに該偏光板用保護フィルムを有することを特徴とする偏光板について説明する。 Next, a polarizing plate having the above-described stretched film of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film and an optical compensation film, and the polarizing plate having the polarizing plate protective film will be described.
(位相差フィルム-光学補償フィルム)
延伸フィルムを位相差フィルムとして使用する場合は、位相差フィルムの種類によってReやRthの範囲は異なり、多様なニーズがある。光学補償フィルムとして用いることが好ましい。本発明の光学補償フィルムは本発明の延伸フィルムそのものでもまた後述の他の構成層を有してもよい。また、分子内に適度な割合で分極率の大きな置換基を含有していることが望ましい。
(Retardation film-optical compensation film)
When a stretched film is used as a retardation film, the range of Re and Rth varies depending on the type of retardation film, and there are various needs. It is preferable to use it as an optical compensation film. The optical compensation film of the present invention may be the stretched film itself of the present invention or may have other constituent layers described below. Moreover, it is desirable to contain a substituent having a large polarizability at an appropriate ratio in the molecule.
(偏光板用保護フィルム)
本発明の延伸フィルムを偏光板用保護フィルムとして用いる場合は、面内レターデーション(Re)は5nm以下が好ましく、3nm以下が更に好ましい。厚さ方向レターデーション(Rth)も50nm以下が好ましく、35nm以下が更に好ましく、10nm以下が特に好ましい。
本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムは本発明の延伸フィルムそのものでもまた後述の他の構成層を有してもよい。
(Protective film for polarizing plate)
When the stretched film of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate, the in-plane retardation (Re) is preferably 5 nm or less, and more preferably 3 nm or less. The thickness direction retardation (Rth) is preferably 50 nm or less, more preferably 35 nm or less, and particularly preferably 10 nm or less.
The protective film for polarizing plates of the present invention may be the stretched film itself of the present invention or may have other constituent layers described below.
(偏光板)
偏光板は、通常、偏光子およびその両側に配置された二枚の透明保護膜を有する。そして、本発明の偏光板は、両方または一方の保護膜として、本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムを用いる。一方のみに本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムを用いた場合には、他方の保護膜は、通常のセルロースアセテートフィルム等を用いてもよい。偏光子には、ヨウ素系偏光子、二色性染料を用いる染料系偏光子やポリエン系偏光子がある。ヨウ素系偏光子および染料系偏光子は、一般にポリビニルアルコール(PVA)系フィルムを用いて製造する。PVAは、ポリ酢酸ビニルをケン化したポリマー素材であるが、例えば不飽和カルボン酸、不飽和スルホン酸、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類のような酢酸ビニルと共重合可能な成分を含有しても構わない。また、アセトアセチル基、スルホン酸基、カルボキシル基、オキシアルキレン基等を含有する変性PVAも用いることができる。
PVAのケン化度は特に限定されないが、溶解性等の観点から80~100mol%が好ましく、90~100mol%が特に好ましい。またPVAの重合度は特に限定されないが、1000~10000が好ましく、1500~5000が特に好ましい。
PVAのシンジオタクティシティーは特許第2978219号に記載されているように耐久性を改良するため55%以上が好ましいが、特許第3317494号に記載されている45~52.5%も好ましく用いることができる。
(Polarizer)
The polarizing plate usually has a polarizer and two transparent protective films disposed on both sides thereof. And the polarizing plate of this invention uses the protective film for polarizing plates of this invention as both or one protective film. When the protective film for polarizing plates of the present invention is used only on one side, a normal cellulose acetate film or the like may be used for the other protective film. Examples of the polarizer include an iodine polarizer, a dye polarizer using a dichroic dye, and a polyene polarizer. The iodine-based polarizer and the dye-based polarizer are generally produced using a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film. PVA is a polymer material obtained by saponifying polyvinyl acetate, but may contain components copolymerizable with vinyl acetate such as unsaturated carboxylic acids, unsaturated sulfonic acids, olefins, and vinyl ethers. . In addition, modified PVA containing an acetoacetyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, an oxyalkylene group, or the like can also be used.
The degree of saponification of PVA is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 80 to 100 mol%, particularly preferably from 90 to 100 mol%, from the viewpoint of solubility and the like. The polymerization degree of PVA is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1000 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 1500 to 5000.
The syndiotacticity of PVA is preferably 55% or more for improving durability as described in Japanese Patent No. 2978219, but 45 to 52.5% described in Japanese Patent No. 3317494 is also preferably used. Can do.
本発明の延伸フィルムを偏光板用保護フィルムおよび、位相差フィルムとして使用する場合、フィルムに後述の如き表面処理を行い、しかる後にフィルム処理面と偏光子を、接着剤を用いて貼り合わせるのが好ましい。偏光板は偏光子及びその両面を保護する保護膜で構成されており、更に該偏光板の一方の面にプロテクトフィルムを、反対面にセパレートフィルムを貼合して構成される。プロテクトフィルム及びセパレートフィルムは偏光板出荷時、製品検査時等において偏光板を保護する目的で用いられる。この場合、プロテクトフィルムは、偏光板の表面を保護する目的で貼合され、偏光板を液晶板へ貼合する面の反対面側に用いられる。また、セパレートフィルムは液晶板へ貼合する接着層をカバーする目的で用いられ、偏光板を液晶板へ貼合する面側に用いられる。 When the stretched film of the present invention is used as a protective film for a polarizing plate and a retardation film, the film is subjected to a surface treatment as described later, and then the film treated surface and a polarizer are bonded together using an adhesive. preferable. The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and a protective film that protects both surfaces of the polarizer, and is further constructed by laminating a protective film on one surface of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the opposite surface. The protective film and the separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection. In this case, the protect film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used on the side opposite to the surface where the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal plate. Moreover, a separate film is used in order to cover the contact bonding layer bonded to a liquid crystal plate, and is used for the surface side which bonds a polarizing plate to a liquid crystal plate.
本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムの偏光子への貼り合せ方は、偏光子の透過軸と本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムの遅相軸を一致させるように貼り合せることが好ましい。なお、偏光板クロスニコル下で作製した偏光板の評価を行ったところ、本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムの遅相軸と偏光子の吸収軸(透過軸と直交する軸)との直交精度が1°より大きいと、偏光板クロスニコル下での偏光度性能が低減して光抜けが生じることがわかった。この場合、液晶セルと組み合わせた場合に、十分な黒レベルやコントラストが得られないことになる。したがって、本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムの主屈折率nxの方向と偏光板の透過軸の方向とは、そのずれが1°以内、好ましくは0.5°以内であることが好ましい。
偏光板の単板透過率TT、平行透過率PT、直交透過率CTの測定にはUV3100PC(島津製作所社製)を用いることができる。測定では、380nm~780nmの範囲で測定し、単板、平行、直交透過率ともに、10回測定の平均値を用いることができる。
The method of bonding the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention to the polarizer is preferably bonded so that the transmission axis of the polarizer matches the slow axis of the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention. In addition, when the polarizing plate produced under polarizing plate crossed Nicols was evaluated, the orthogonality accuracy between the slow axis of the protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention and the absorption axis of the polarizer (axis orthogonal to the transmission axis) is It was found that when the angle was larger than 1 °, the polarization degree performance under the polarizing plate crossed Nicols was reduced and light leakage occurred. In this case, when combined with a liquid crystal cell, sufficient black level and contrast cannot be obtained. Therefore, the deviation between the direction of the main refractive index nx of the protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention and the direction of the transmission axis of the polarizing plate is preferably within 1 °, preferably within 0.5 °.
UV3100PC (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) can be used to measure the single plate transmittance TT, parallel transmittance PT, and orthogonal transmittance CT of the polarizing plate. In the measurement, measurement is performed in the range of 380 nm to 780 nm, and the average value of 10 measurements can be used for the single plate, parallel, and orthogonal transmittance.
偏光板耐久性試験は試験前後の変化量が小さい方が好ましい。例えば、偏光板の偏光度については、2枚の偏光板を60℃、90%RHの下、クロスニコルに設置し、500時間経過後の光透過率を試験前の透過率と比較して耐久性を評価できる。
透過率の変化率、すなわち{(偏光板耐久性試験後のクロスニコル時の光線透過率)-(偏光板耐久性試験前のクロスニコル時の光線透過率)}/(偏光板耐久性試験前のクロスニコル時の光線透過率)×100(%)、の値は小さいほど良く、0.5%以下であることが好ましい。
In the polarizing plate durability test, it is preferable that the amount of change before and after the test is small. For example, with respect to the degree of polarization of a polarizing plate, two polarizing plates are placed in crossed Nicols at 60 ° C. and 90% RH, and the light transmittance after 500 hours has been compared with the transmittance before the test. Can evaluate sex.
Change rate of transmittance, that is, {(light transmittance at crossed Nicols after polarizing plate durability test) − (light transmittance at crossed Nicols before polarizing plate durability test)} / (before polarizing plate durability test) The light transmittance at the time of crossed Nicols) × 100 (%) is preferably as small as possible, and is preferably 0.5% or less.
(延伸フィルムの表面処理)
本発明の偏光板用保護フィルムは、偏光子との接着性を改良するため、延伸フィルムの表面を表面処理することが好ましい。表面処理については、接着性を改善できる限りいかなる方法を利用してもよいが、好ましい表面処理としては、例えばグロー放電処理、紫外線照射処理、コロナ処理及び火炎処理が挙げられる。ここでいうグロー放電処理とは、低圧ガス下でおこる、いわゆる低温プラズマのことである。本発明では大気圧下でのプラズマ処理も好ましい。その他、グロー放電処理の詳細については、米国特許第3462335号、米国特許第3761299号、米国特許第4072769号及び英国特許第891469号明細書に記載されている。放電雰囲気ガス組成を放電開始後にポリエステル支持体自身が放電処理を受けることにより容器内に発生する気体種のみにした特表昭59-556430号公報に記載された方法も用いられる。また真空グロー放電処理する際に、フィルムの表面温度を80℃以上180℃以下にして放電処理を行う特公昭60-16614号公報に記載された方法も適用できる。
(Surface treatment of stretched film)
The protective film for polarizing plate of the present invention is preferably subjected to a surface treatment on the surface of the stretched film in order to improve the adhesion with the polarizer. As for the surface treatment, any method may be used as long as the adhesiveness can be improved. Preferred examples of the surface treatment include glow discharge treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, corona treatment, and flame treatment. The glow discharge treatment here refers to so-called low temperature plasma that occurs under low pressure gas. In the present invention, plasma treatment under atmospheric pressure is also preferable. The details of the glow discharge treatment are described in US Pat. No. 3,462,335, US Pat. No. 3,761,299, US Pat. No. 4,072,769, and British Patent No. 891469. A method described in JP-A-59-556430 in which the gas composition of the discharge atmosphere is changed to only the gas species generated in the container by the discharge treatment of the polyester support itself after the start of discharge is also used. Also, the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 60-16614, in which the surface temperature of the film is set to 80 ° C. or higher and 180 ° C. or lower when the vacuum glow discharge treatment is performed, can be applied.
グロー放電処理時の真空度は0.5Pa~3000Paが好ましく、より好ましくは2Pa~300Paである。また、電圧は500V~5000Vの間が好ましく、より好ましくは500V~3000Vである。使用する放電周波数は、直流から数千MHz、より好ましくは50Hz~20MHz、さらに好ましくは1KHz~1MHzである。放電処理強度は、0.01KV・A・分/m2~5KV・A・分/m2が好ましく、より好ましくは0.15KV・A・分/m2~1KV・A・分/m2である。 The degree of vacuum during the glow discharge treatment is preferably 0.5 Pa to 3000 Pa, more preferably 2 Pa to 300 Pa. The voltage is preferably between 500V and 5000V, more preferably between 500V and 3000V. The discharge frequency to be used is from direct current to several thousand MHz, more preferably 50 Hz to 20 MHz, and further preferably 1 KHz to 1 MHz. The discharge treatment intensity is preferably 0.01 KV · A · min / m 2 to 5 KV · A · min / m 2 , more preferably 0.15 KV · A · min / m 2 to 1 KV · A · min / m 2 . is there.
本発明では、表面処理として紫外線照射法を行うことも好ましい。例えば、特公昭43-2603号、特公昭43-2604号、特公昭45-3828号の各公報に記載の処理方法によって行うことができる。水銀灯は石英管からなる高圧水銀灯で、紫外線の波長が180~380nmの間であるものが好ましい。紫外線照射の方法については、光源は保護フィルムの表面温度が150℃前後にまで上昇することが支持体の性能上問題なければ、主波長が365nmの高圧水銀灯ランプを使用することができる。低温処理が必要とされる場合には主波長が254nmの低圧水銀灯が好ましい。またオゾンレスタイプの高圧水銀ランプ、及び低圧水銀ランプを使用する事も可能である。処理光量に関しては処理光量が多いほどフィルムと偏光子との接着力は向上するが、光量の増加に伴い該フイルムが着色し、また脆くなるという問題が発生する。従って、365nmを主波長とする高圧水銀ランプで、照射光量20mJ/cm2~10000mJ/cm2がよく、より好ましくは50mJ/cm2~2000mJ/cm2である。254nmを主波長とする低圧水銀ランプの場合には、照射光量100mJ/cm2~10000mJ/cm2がよく、より好ましくは300mJ/cm2~1500mJ/cm2である。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to perform an ultraviolet irradiation method as the surface treatment. For example, it can be carried out by the processing methods described in JP-B 43-2603, JP-B 43-2604, and JP-B 45-3828. The mercury lamp is a high-pressure mercury lamp made of a quartz tube and preferably has an ultraviolet wavelength of 180 to 380 nm. As for the method of ultraviolet irradiation, a high pressure mercury lamp with a dominant wavelength of 365 nm can be used as long as the surface temperature of the protective film rises to around 150 ° C. in terms of the performance of the support. When low-temperature treatment is required, a low-pressure mercury lamp having a dominant wavelength of 254 nm is preferable. It is also possible to use an ozone-less high-pressure mercury lamp and a low-pressure mercury lamp. Regarding the amount of processed light, the greater the amount of processed light, the better the adhesive force between the film and the polarizer. Accordingly, a high pressure mercury lamp for a 365nm main wavelength, irradiation dose 20mJ / cm 2 ~ 10000mJ / cm 2 C., more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 2000mJ / cm 2. If the low-pressure mercury lamp for a 254nm main wavelength, the irradiation light intensity 100mJ / cm 2 ~ 10000mJ / cm 2 C., more preferably 300mJ / cm 2 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2.
さらに、本発明では表面処理としてコロナ放電処理を行うことも好ましい。例えば、特公昭39-12838号、特開昭47-19824号、特開昭48-28067号、特開昭52-42114号の各公報に記載等の処理方法によって行うことができる。コロナ放電処理装置は、Pillar社製ソリッドステートコロナ処理機、LEPEL型表面処理機、VETAPHON型処理機等を用いることができる。処理は空気中での常圧にて行うことができる。処理時の放電周波数は、5KV~40KV、より好ましくは10KV~30KVであり、波形は交流正弦波が好ましい。電極と誘電体ロールのギャップ透明ランスは0.1mm~10mm、より好ましくは1.0mm~2.0mmである。放電は、放電帯域に設けられた誘電サポートローラーの上方で処理し、処理量は、0.34KV・A・分/m2~0.4KV・A・分/m2、より好ましくは0.344KV・A・分/m2~0.38KV・A・分/m2である。 Furthermore, in the present invention, it is also preferable to perform a corona discharge treatment as the surface treatment. For example, it can be carried out by the processing methods described in JP-B-39-12838, JP-A-47-19824, JP-A-48-28067, and JP-A-52-42114. As the corona discharge treatment apparatus, a solid state corona treatment machine manufactured by Pillar, a LEPEL type surface treatment machine, a VETAPHON type treatment machine, or the like can be used. The treatment can be performed at normal pressure in air. The discharge frequency during the treatment is 5 KV to 40 KV, more preferably 10 KV to 30 KV, and the waveform is preferably an AC sine wave. The gap transparent lance between the electrode and the dielectric roll is 0.1 mm to 10 mm, more preferably 1.0 mm to 2.0 mm. The discharge is processed above a dielectric support roller provided in the discharge zone, and the treatment amount is 0.34 KV · A · min / m 2 to 0.4 KV · A · min / m 2 , more preferably 0.344 KV. A · min / m 2 to 0.38 KV · A · min / m 2
本発明では、表面処理として火炎処理を行うことも好ましい。用いるガスは天然ガス、液化プロパンガス、都市ガスのいずれでもかまわないが、空気との混合比が重要である。なぜなら、火炎処理による表面処理の効果は活性な酸素を含むプラズマによってもたらされると考えられるからであり、火炎の重要な性質であるプラズマの活性(温度)と酸素がどれだけ多くあるかがポイントである。このポイントの支配因子はガス/酸素比であり、過不足なく反応する場合にエネルギー密度が最も高くなりプラズマの活性が高くなる。具体的には、天然ガス/空気の好ましい混合比は容積比で1/6~1/10、好ましくは1/7~1/9である。また、液化プロパンガス/空気の場合は1/14~1/22、好ましくは1/16~1/19、都市ガス/空気の場合は1/2~1/8、好ましくは1/3~1/7である。また、火炎処理量は1Kcal/m2~50Kcal/m2、より好ましくは3Kcal/m2~20Kcal/m2の範囲で行うとよい。またバーナーの内炎の先端とフィルムの距離は3cm~7cm、より好ましくは4cm~6cmにするとよい。バーナーのノズル形状は、フリンバーナー社(米国)のリボン式、ワイズ社(米国)の多穴式、エアロジェン(英国)のリボン式、春日電機(日本)の千鳥型多穴式、小池酸素(日本)の千鳥型多穴式が好ましい。火炎処理にフィルムを支えるバックアップロールは中空型ロールであり、冷却水を通して水冷し、常に20℃~50℃の一定温度で処理するのがよい。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to perform a flame treatment as the surface treatment. The gas used may be natural gas, liquefied propane gas, or city gas, but the mixing ratio with air is important. This is because the effect of surface treatment by flame treatment is considered to be brought about by plasma containing active oxygen, and the point is how much plasma activity (temperature) and oxygen are important properties of flame. is there. The governing factor of this point is the gas / oxygen ratio. When the reaction is carried out without excess or deficiency, the energy density is the highest and the plasma activity is increased. Specifically, a preferable mixing ratio of natural gas / air is 1/6 to 1/10, preferably 1/7 to 1/9 by volume. In the case of liquefied propane gas / air, 1/14 to 1/22, preferably 1/16 to 1/19, and in the case of city gas / air, 1/2 to 1/8, preferably 1/3 to 1. / 7. The amount of flame treatment is 1 Kcal / m 2 to 50 Kcal / m 2 , more preferably 3 Kcal / m 2 to 20 Kcal / m 2 . The distance between the tip of the burner's internal flame and the film is preferably 3 cm to 7 cm, more preferably 4 cm to 6 cm. The burner nozzle shapes are: Flynburner (US) ribbon type, Wise (US) multi-hole type, Aerogen (UK) ribbon type, Kasuga Electric (Japan) staggered multi-hole type, Koike Oxygen ( Japan) is preferred. The backup roll that supports the film for the flame treatment is a hollow roll, and is preferably cooled at a constant temperature of 20 ° C. to 50 ° C. by cooling with cooling water.
表面処理の程度については、表面処理の種類、使用する樹脂の種類によって好ましい範囲も異なるが、表面処理の結果、表面処理を施された保護フィルムの表面の純水との接触角が、50°未満となるのが好ましい。前記接触角は、25°以上45°未満であるのがより好ましい。保護フィルム表面の純水との接触角が上記範囲にあると、保護フィルムと偏光膜との接着強度が良好となる。 As for the degree of surface treatment, the preferred range varies depending on the type of surface treatment and the type of resin used, but as a result of the surface treatment, the contact angle of the surface of the protective film subjected to the surface treatment with pure water is 50 °. It is preferable that it becomes less than. The contact angle is more preferably 25 ° or more and less than 45 °. When the contact angle with the pure water on the surface of the protective film is in the above range, the adhesive strength between the protective film and the polarizing film becomes good.
(接着剤)
ポリビニルアルコール系フィルムからなる偏光子と、偏光板用保護フィルムとしての表面処理された延伸フィルムとを貼合する際には、水溶性ポリマーを含有する接着剤を用いることが好ましい。前記接着剤に好ましく使用される水溶性ポリマーとしては、N-ビニルピロリドン、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、マレイン酸、アクリル酸β-ヒドロキシエチル、メタクリル酸β-ヒドロキシエチル、ビニルアルコール、メチルビニルエーテル、酢酸ビニル、アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、ジアセトンアクリルアミド、ビニルイミダゾールなどエチレン性不飽和モノマーを構成要素として有する単独重合体もしくは共重合体、またポリオキシエチレン、ボリオキシプロピレン、ポリ-2-メチルオキサゾリン、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、ゼラチン、などが挙げられる。本発明では、この中でもPVA及びゼラチンが好ましい。
(adhesive)
When laminating a polarizer made of a polyvinyl alcohol film and a surface-treated stretched film as a polarizing plate protective film, an adhesive containing a water-soluble polymer is preferably used. Water-soluble polymers preferably used for the adhesive include N-vinylpyrrolidone, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, β-hydroxyethyl acrylate, β-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, vinyl alcohol, methyl vinyl ether, vinyl acetate. , Acrylamide, methacrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, vinyl imidazole and other homopolymers or copolymers having ethylenically unsaturated monomers as constituents, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, poly-2-methyloxazoline, methylcellulose, hydroxy Examples include ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, gelatin, and the like. Of these, PVA and gelatin are preferred in the present invention.
接着剤にPVAを用いる場合の好ましいPVA特性は、前述の偏光子に用いるPVAの好ましい特性と同様である。本発明では、さらに架橋剤を併用することが好ましい。PVAを接着剤に使用する場合に好ましく併用される架橋剤は、ホウ酸、多価アルデヒド、多官能イソシナネート化合物、多官能エポキシ化合物等が挙げられるが、本発明ではホウ酸が特に好ましい。接着剤にゼラチンを用いる場合、いわゆる石灰処理ゼラチン、酸処理ゼラチン、酵素処理ゼラチン、ゼラチン誘導体及び変性ゼラチン等を用いることができる。これらのゼラチンのうち、好ましく用いられるのは石灰処理ゼラチン、酸処理ゼラチンである。接着剤にゼラチンを用いる場合に、好ましく併用される架橋剤としては、活性ハロゲン化合物(2、4-ジクロル-6-ヒドロキシ-1、3、5-トリアジン及びそのナトリウム塩など)及び活性ビニル化合物(1、3-ビスビニルスルホニル-2-プロパノール、1、2-ビスビニルスルホニルアセトアミド)エタン、ビス(ビニルスルホニルメチル)エーテルあるいはビニルスルホニル基を側鎖に有するビニル系ポリマーなど)、N-カルバモイルピリジニウム塩類((1-モルホリノカルボニル-3-ピリジニオ)メタンスルホナートなど)やハロアミジニウム塩類(1-(1-クロロ-1-ピリジノメチレン)ピロリジニウム2-ナフタレンスルホナートなど)等が挙げられる。本発明では、活性ハロゲン化合物及び活性ビニル化合物が特に好ましく使用される。 Preferred PVA characteristics when PVA is used for the adhesive are the same as the preferred characteristics of PVA used for the polarizer described above. In the present invention, it is preferable to use a crosslinking agent in combination. Examples of the cross-linking agent preferably used in combination with PVA as an adhesive include boric acid, polyvalent aldehyde, polyfunctional isocyanate compound, polyfunctional epoxy compound, and the like, but boric acid is particularly preferred in the present invention. When gelatin is used for the adhesive, so-called lime-processed gelatin, acid-processed gelatin, enzyme-processed gelatin, gelatin derivatives and modified gelatin can be used. Of these gelatins, lime-processed gelatin and acid-processed gelatin are preferably used. When gelatin is used for the adhesive, the crosslinking agent preferably used in combination is an active halogen compound (2,4-dichloro-6-hydroxy-1,3,5-triazine and its sodium salt) and an active vinyl compound ( 1,3-bisvinylsulfonyl-2-propanol, 1,2-bisvinylsulfonylacetamido) ethane, bis (vinylsulfonylmethyl) ether or vinyl polymers having a vinylsulfonyl group in the side chain), N-carbamoylpyridinium salts (Such as (1-morpholinocarbonyl-3-pyridinio) methanesulfonate) and haloamidinium salts (such as 1- (1-chloro-1-pyridinomethylene) pyrrolidinium 2-naphthalenesulfonate). In the present invention, an active halogen compound and an active vinyl compound are particularly preferably used.
上述の架橋剤を併用する場合の架橋剤の好ましい添加量は、接着剤中の水溶性ポリマー100質量部に対し、0.1質量部以上、40質量部未満であり、さらに好ましくは、0.5質量部以上、30質量部未満である。保護フィルムもしくは偏光子の少なくとも一方の表面に接着剤を塗布して、接着剤層を形成して、貼合するのが好ましく、保護フィルムの表面処理面に接着剤を塗布して、接着剤層を形成し、偏光子の表面に貼合するのが好ましい。接着剤層厚みは、乾燥後に0.01μm~5μmが好ましく、0.05μm~3μmが特に好ましい。 When the above-mentioned crosslinking agent is used in combination, the preferred addition amount of the crosslinking agent is 0.1 parts by mass or more and less than 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the water-soluble polymer in the adhesive. 5 parts by mass or more and less than 30 parts by mass. It is preferable to apply an adhesive to at least one surface of the protective film or the polarizer, form an adhesive layer, and bond the adhesive film, and apply the adhesive to the surface-treated surface of the protective film to form an adhesive layer. Is preferably bonded to the surface of the polarizer. The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.01 μm to 5 μm, and particularly preferably 0.05 μm to 3 μm after drying.
(反射防止層)
偏光板の、液晶セルと反対側に配置される透明保護膜には反射防止層などの機能性層を設けることが好ましい。特に、本発明では透明保護膜上に少なくとも光散乱層と低屈折率層がこの順で積層した反射防止層または透明保護膜上に中屈折率層、高屈折率層、低屈折率層がこの順で積層した反射防止層が好適に用いられる。これらの詳細は公開技報2001-1745(2001.3.15発行)に記載されている。
(Antireflection layer)
It is preferable to provide a functional layer such as an antireflection layer on the transparent protective film disposed on the opposite side of the polarizing plate from the liquid crystal cell. In particular, in the present invention, at least a light scattering layer and a low refractive index layer are laminated in this order on a transparent protective film, or a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer are formed on this transparent protective film. An antireflection layer laminated in order is preferably used. These details are described in the published technical bulletin 2001-1745 (issued 2001.1.35).
(反射防止層の他の層)
さらに、ハードコート層、前方散乱層、プライマー層、帯電防止層、下塗り層や保護層等を設けてもよい。
(Other layers of antireflection layer)
Further, a hard coat layer, a forward scattering layer, a primer layer, an antistatic layer, an undercoat layer, a protective layer, and the like may be provided.
(ハードコート層)
ハードコート層は、反射防止層を設けた透明保護膜に物理強度を付与するために、透明支持体の表面に設ける。特に、透明支持体と前記高屈折率層の間に設けることが好ましい。ハードコート層は、光及び/または熱の硬化性化合物の架橋反応、または、重合反応により形成されることが好ましい。硬化性官能基としては、光重合性官能基が好ましく、また加水分解性官能基含有の有機金属化合物は有機アルコキシシリル化合物が好ましい。
これらの化合物の具体例としては、高屈折率層で例示したと同様のものが挙げられる。ハードコート層の具体的な構成組成物としては、例えば、特開2002-144913号公報、同2000-9908号公報、国際公開第00/46617号パンフレット等記載のものが挙げられる。
高屈折率層はハードコート層を兼ねることができる。このような場合、高屈折率層で記載した手法を用いて微粒子を微細に分散してハードコート層に含有させて形成することが好ましい。
(Hard coat layer)
The hard coat layer is provided on the surface of the transparent support in order to impart physical strength to the transparent protective film provided with the antireflection layer. In particular, it is preferably provided between the transparent support and the high refractive index layer. The hard coat layer is preferably formed by a crosslinking reaction or a polymerization reaction of a light and / or heat curable compound. As the curable functional group, a photopolymerizable functional group is preferable, and the organometallic compound containing a hydrolyzable functional group is preferably an organic alkoxysilyl compound.
Specific examples of these compounds are the same as those exemplified for the high refractive index layer. Specific examples of the composition of the hard coat layer include those described in JP-A Nos. 2002-144913, 2000-9908, and WO 00/46617.
The high refractive index layer can also serve as a hard coat layer. In such a case, it is preferable to form fine particles dispersed in the hard coat layer using the method described for the high refractive index layer.
ハードコート層は、平均粒径0.2μm~10μmの粒子を含有させて防眩機能(アンチグレア機能)を付与した防眩層を兼ねることもできる。
ハードコート層の膜厚は用途により適切に設計することができる。ハードコート層の膜厚は、0.2μm~10μmであることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.5μm~7μmである。
ハードコート層の強度は、JIS K5400に従う鉛筆硬度試験で、H以上であることが好ましく、2H以上であることがさらに好ましく、3H以上であることが最も好ましい。また、JIS K5400に従うテーバー試験で、試験前後の試験片の摩耗量が少ないほど好ましい。
The hard coat layer can also serve as an antiglare layer containing particles having an average particle size of 0.2 μm to 10 μm and imparting an antiglare function (antiglare function).
The film thickness of the hard coat layer can be appropriately designed depending on the application. The film thickness of the hard coat layer is preferably 0.2 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.5 μm to 7 μm.
The strength of the hard coat layer is preferably H or higher, more preferably 2H or higher, and most preferably 3H or higher in a pencil hardness test according to JIS K5400. Further, in the Taber test according to JIS K5400, the smaller the wear amount of the test piece before and after the test, the better.
(帯電防止層)
帯電防止層を設ける場合には体積抵抗率が10-8Ωcm-3以下の導電性を付与することが好ましい。吸湿性物質や水溶性無機塩、ある種の界面活性剤、カチオンポリマー、アニオンポリマー、コロイダルシリカ等の使用により10-8Ωcm-3の体積抵抗率の付与は可能であるが、温湿度依存性が大きく、低湿では十分な導電性を確保できない問題がある。そのため、帯電防止層素材としては金属酸化物が好ましい。金属酸化物には着色しているものがあるが、これらの金属酸化物を帯電防止層素材として用いるとフィルム全体が着色してしまい好ましくない。着色のない金属酸化物を形成する金属としてZn、Ti、Al、In、Si、Mg、Ba、Mo、W、またはVをあげることができ、これを主成分とした金属酸化物を用いることが好ましい。具体的な例としては、ZnO、TiO2、SnO2、Al2O3、In2O3、SiO3、MgO、BaO、MoO3、V2O5等、あるいはこれらの複合酸化物がよく、特にZnO、TiO2、及びSnO2が好ましい。異種原子を含む例としては、例えばZnOに対してはAl、In等の添加物、SnO2に対してはSb、Nb、ハロゲン元素等の添加、またTiO2に対してはNb、TA等の添加が効果的である。更にまた、特公昭59-6235号公報に記載の如く、他の結晶性金属粒子あるいは繊維状物(例えば酸化チタン)に上記の金属酸化物を付着させた素材を使用しても良い。尚、体積抵抗値と表面抵抗値は別の物性値であり単純に比較することはできないが、体積抵抗値で10-8Ωcm-3以下の導電性を確保するためには、該帯電防止層が概ね10-10Ω/□以下の表面抵抗値を有していればよく更に好ましくは10-8Ω/□である。帯電防止層の表面抵抗値は帯電防止層を最表層としたときの値として測定されることが必要であり、本明細書に記載の積層フィルムを形成する途中の段階で測定することができる。
(Antistatic layer)
When an antistatic layer is provided, it is preferable to impart conductivity with a volume resistivity of 10 −8 Ωcm −3 or less. Volume resistivity of 10 −8 Ωcm −3 can be given by using hygroscopic substances, water-soluble inorganic salts, certain surfactants, cationic polymers, anionic polymers, colloidal silica, etc. However, there is a problem that sufficient conductivity cannot be secured at low humidity. Therefore, a metal oxide is preferable as the antistatic layer material. Some metal oxides are colored, but if these metal oxides are used as the antistatic layer material, the entire film is colored, which is not preferable. Zn, Ti, Al, In, Si, Mg, Ba, Mo, W, or V can be given as the metal that forms the metal oxide without coloring, and a metal oxide containing this as a main component should be used. preferable. Specific examples include ZnO, TiO 2 , SnO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , In 2 O 3 , SiO 3 , MgO, BaO, MoO 3 , V 2 O 5 , or a composite oxide thereof. In particular, ZnO, TiO 2 and SnO 2 are preferable. Examples of containing different atoms include, for example, additives such as Al and In for ZnO, addition of Sb, Nb and halogen elements for SnO 2 , and Nb and TA for TiO 2 . Addition is effective. Furthermore, as described in Japanese Examined Patent Publication No. 59-6235, a material obtained by adhering the above metal oxide to other crystalline metal particles or fibrous materials (for example, titanium oxide) may be used. Although the volume resistance value and the surface resistance value are different physical values and cannot be simply compared, in order to ensure the conductivity of 10 −8 Ωcm −3 or less in the volume resistance value, the antistatic layer May have a surface resistance value of about 10 −10 Ω / □ or less, more preferably 10 −8 Ω / □. The surface resistance value of the antistatic layer needs to be measured as a value when the antistatic layer is the outermost layer, and can be measured in the middle of forming the laminated film described in this specification.
次いで、上記延伸フィルム、上記偏光板用保護フィルム、上記光学補償フィルム、上記偏光板の少なくともいずれか1つを有することを特徴とする本発明の液晶表示装置について説明する。 Next, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention having at least one of the stretched film, the polarizing plate protective film, the optical compensation film, and the polarizing plate will be described.
(液晶表示装置)
本発明の延伸フィルム、該フィルムを有する光学補償フィルム、該フィルムを用いた偏光板は、様々な表示モードの液晶セル、液晶表示装置に用いることができる。TN(Twisted Nematic)、IPS(In-Plane Switching)、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、AFLC(Anti-ferroelectric Liquid Crystal)、OCB(Optically Compensatory Bend)、STN(Supper Twisted Nematic)、VA(Vertically Aligned)およびHAN(Hybrid Aligned Nematic)、ECB(Electrically Controled Birefringence)のような様々な表示モードが提案されている。このうち、IPSモード、ECBモード、OCBモードまたはVAモードに好ましく用いることができる。
(Liquid crystal display device)
The stretched film of the present invention, the optical compensation film having the film, and the polarizing plate using the film can be used for liquid crystal cells and liquid crystal display devices in various display modes. TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal), AFLC (Anti-Ferroelectric Liquid Nyst) Various display modes such as HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic) and ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) have been proposed. Of these, the IPS mode, ECB mode, OCB mode or VA mode can be preferably used.
(IPS型液晶表示装置およびECB型液晶表示装置)
本発明の延伸フィルムは、IPSモードおよびECBモードの液晶セルを有するIPS型液晶表示装置およびECB型液晶表示装置の光学補償シートの支持体、または偏光板の保護膜としても特に有利に用いられる。これらのモードは黒表示時に液晶材料が略平行に配向する態様であり、電圧無印加状態で液晶分子を基板面に対して平行配向させて、黒表示する。これらの態様において本発明の延伸フィルムを用いた偏光板は視野角拡大、コントラストの良化に寄与する。
(IPS liquid crystal display device and ECB liquid crystal display device)
The stretched film of the present invention is particularly advantageously used as a support for an optical compensation sheet of an IPS liquid crystal display device and an ECB liquid crystal display device having IPS mode and ECB mode liquid crystal cells, or as a protective film for a polarizing plate. In these modes, the liquid crystal material is aligned substantially in parallel during black display, and black is displayed by aligning liquid crystal molecules in parallel with the substrate surface in the absence of applied voltage. In these embodiments, the polarizing plate using the stretched film of the present invention contributes to widening the viewing angle and improving the contrast.
(OCB型液晶表示装置)
OCBモードの液晶セルは、棒状液晶性分子を液晶セルの上部と下部とで実質的に逆の方向に(対称的に)配向させるベンド配向モードの液晶セルを用いた液晶表示装置である。OCBモードの液晶セルは、米国特許第4583825号、同5410422号の各明細書に開示されている。棒状液晶分子が液晶セルの上部と下部とで対称的に配向しているため、ベンド配向モードの液晶セルは、自己光学補償機能を有する。そのため、この液晶モードは、OCB(Optically Compensatory Bend)液晶モードとも呼ばれる。ベンド配向モードの液晶表示装置は、応答速度が速いとの利点がある。
(OCB type liquid crystal display device)
The OCB mode liquid crystal cell is a liquid crystal display device using a bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned in a substantially opposite direction (symmetrically) between an upper portion and a lower portion of the liquid crystal cell. OCB mode liquid crystal cells are disclosed in US Pat. Nos. 4,583,825 and 5,410,422. Since the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are aligned symmetrically between the upper part and the lower part of the liquid crystal cell, the bend alignment mode liquid crystal cell has a self-optical compensation function. For this reason, this liquid crystal mode is also called an OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend) liquid crystal mode. The bend alignment mode liquid crystal display device has an advantage of high response speed.
(VA型液晶表示装置)
VAモードの液晶セルでは、電圧無印加時に棒状液晶性分子が実質的に垂直に配向している。
VAモードの液晶セルには、(1)棒状液晶性分子を電圧無印加時に実質的に垂直に配向させ、電圧印加時に実質的に水平に配向させる狭義のVAモードの液晶セル(特開平2-176625号公報記載)に加えて、(2)視野角拡大のため、VAモードをマルチドメイン化した(MVAモードの)液晶セル(SID97、Digest of tech.Papers(予稿集)28(1997)845記載)、(3)棒状液晶性分子を電圧無印加時に実質的に垂直配向させ、電圧印加時にねじれマルチドメイン配向させるモード(n-ASMモード)の液晶セル(日本液晶討論会の予稿集58~59(1998)記載)および(4)SURVAIVALモードの液晶セル(LCDインターナショナル98で発表)が含まれる。
VAモードの液晶表示装置は、液晶セルおよびその両側に配置された二枚の偏光板からなる。液晶セルは、二枚の電極基板の間に液晶を担持している。本発明の透過型液晶表示装置の一つの態様では、本発明の光学補償フィルムは、液晶セルと一方の偏光板との間に、一枚配置するか、あるいは液晶セルと双方の偏光板との間に二枚配置する。
本発明の透過型液晶表示装置の別の態様では、液晶セルと偏光子との間に配置される偏光板の透明保護膜として、本発明の延伸フィルムを有する光学補償フィルムが用いられる。すなわち、偏光板の透明保護膜が光学補償フィルムを兼ねることができる。一方の偏光板の(液晶セルと偏光子との間の)透明保護膜のみに上記の光学補償フィルムを用いてもよいし、あるいは双方の偏光板の(液晶セルと偏光子との間の)二枚の透明保護膜に、上記の光学補償フィルムを用いてもよい。一方の偏光板のみに上記光学補償フィルムを使用する場合は、液晶セルのバックライト側偏光板の液晶セル側保護膜として使用するのが特に好ましい。液晶セルへの貼り合わせは、本発明の延伸フィルムをVAセル側にすることが好ましい。他方の保護膜は通常に用いられるセルロースアシレートフィルムでも良い。たとえば、40μm~80μmが好ましく、市販のKC4UX2M(コニカオプト(株)製40μm)、KC5UX(コニカオプト(株)製60μm)、TD80(富士写真フイルム製80μm)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。
(VA type liquid crystal display device)
In a VA mode liquid crystal cell, rod-like liquid crystal molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied.
The VA mode liquid crystal cell includes: (1) a narrowly defined VA mode liquid crystal cell in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are aligned substantially vertically when no voltage is applied, and substantially horizontally when a voltage is applied (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 2-). 176625) (2) Liquid crystal cell (SID97, Digest of tech.Papers 28 (1997) 845 in which the VA mode is converted into a multi-domain (in MVA mode) for widening the viewing angle ), (3) A liquid crystal cell (n-ASM mode) in which rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are substantially vertically aligned when no voltage is applied and twisted multi-domain alignment is applied when a voltage is applied (Preliminary collections 58-59 of the Japan Liquid Crystal Society) (1998)) and (4) SURVAIVAL mode liquid crystal cells (announced at LCD International 98).
The VA mode liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal cell and two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof. The liquid crystal cell carries a liquid crystal between two electrode substrates. In one aspect of the transmissive liquid crystal display device of the present invention, the optical compensation film of the present invention is disposed between the liquid crystal cell and one polarizing plate, or between the liquid crystal cell and both polarizing plates. Place two in between.
In another aspect of the transmissive liquid crystal display device of the present invention, an optical compensation film having the stretched film of the present invention is used as a transparent protective film of a polarizing plate disposed between a liquid crystal cell and a polarizer. That is, the transparent protective film of the polarizing plate can also serve as an optical compensation film. The above optical compensation film may be used only for the transparent protective film (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer) of one polarizing plate, or between the polarizing plates (between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizer). The above optical compensation film may be used for the two transparent protective films. When the optical compensation film is used only for one polarizing plate, it is particularly preferable to use it as a protective film for the liquid crystal cell side of the backlight side polarizing plate of the liquid crystal cell. For bonding to the liquid crystal cell, the stretched film of the present invention is preferably on the VA cell side. The other protective film may be a commonly used cellulose acylate film. For example, 40 μm to 80 μm are preferable, and examples include, but are not limited to, commercially available KC4UX2M (40 μm manufactured by Konica Capto), KC5UX (60 μm manufactured by Konica Capto), TD80 (80 μm manufactured by Fuji Photo Film), and the like. .
OCBモードの液晶表示装置やTN液晶表示装置では、視野角拡大のために光学補償フィルムが使用される。OCBセル用光学補償フィルムは光学一軸あるいは二軸性フィルムの上にディスコティック液晶をハイブリッド配向させて固定した光学異方性層を設けたものが用いられる。TNセル用光学補償フィルムは光学等方性あるいは厚さ方向に光学軸を有するフィルムの上にディスコティック液晶をハイブリッド配向させて固定した光学異方性層を設けたものが用いられる。本発明の延伸フィルムは上記OCBセル用光学補償フィルムやTNセル用光学補償フィルム作製にも有用である。 In an OCB mode liquid crystal display device or a TN liquid crystal display device, an optical compensation film is used to expand the viewing angle. As the optical compensation film for OCB cell, a film provided with an optically anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is hybrid-aligned and fixed on an optically uniaxial or biaxial film is used. As the optical compensation film for TN cell, a film in which an optical anisotropic layer in which a discotic liquid crystal is fixed in a hybrid orientation is fixed on a film having optical isotropy or an optical axis in the thickness direction. The stretched film of the present invention is also useful for producing the optical compensation film for OCB cell and TN cell.
以下、本発明を実施例に基づき具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described based on examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
<環状ポリオレフィン重合体K-1の合成>
精製トルエン100質量部とノルボルネンカルボン酸メチルエステル100質量部を反応釜に投入した。次いでトルエン中に溶解したエチルヘキサノエート-Ni25mmol%(対モノマー質量)、トリ(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボロン0.225mol%(対モノマー質量)及びトルエンに溶解したトリエチルアルミニウム0.25mol%(対モノマー質量)を反応釜に投入した。室温で攪拌しながら18時間反応させた。反応終了後過剰のエタノール中に反応混合物を投入し、重合物沈殿を生成させた。沈殿を精製し得られた環状ポリオレフィン重合体K-1を真空乾燥で65℃24時間乾燥した。
<Synthesis of Cyclic Polyolefin Polymer K-1>
100 parts by mass of purified toluene and 100 parts by mass of norbornene carboxylic acid methyl ester were charged into a reaction kettle. Next, ethylhexanoate-Ni 25 mmol% (based on monomer weight) dissolved in toluene, tri (pentafluorophenyl) boron 0.225 mol% (based on monomer weight), and triethylaluminum 0.25 mol% (based on monomer weight) dissolved in toluene ) Was charged into the reaction kettle. The reaction was allowed to proceed for 18 hours at room temperature with stirring. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was put into excess ethanol to produce a polymer precipitate. The cyclic polyolefin polymer K-1 obtained by purifying the precipitate was vacuum dried at 65 ° C. for 24 hours.
得られた重合体をテトラヒドロフランに溶解し、GPCによる分子量を測定したところ、ポリスチレン換算の数平均分子量は79,000、重量平均分子量は205,000であった。得られた重合体をアッベ屈折計で測定した屈折率は1.52であった。 When the obtained polymer was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and the molecular weight was measured by GPC, the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight was 79,000, and the weight average molecular weight was 205,000. The refractive index of the obtained polymer measured by Abbe refractometer was 1.52.
実施例1
下記の組成物をミキシングタンクに投入し、攪拌して、各成分を溶解した後、平均孔径34μmのろ紙および平均孔径10μmの焼結金属フィルターでろ過し、製膜用ドープを調製した。
Example 1
The following composition was put into a mixing tank and stirred to dissolve each component, and then filtered through a filter paper having an average pore size of 34 μm and a sintered metal filter having an average pore size of 10 μm to prepare a dope for film formation.
環状ポリオレフィン重合体K-1 100質量部
ジクロロメタン 325質量部
メタノール 28.5質量部
下記添加剤A 20質量部
下記添加剤B 10質量部
下記添加剤E 0.3質量部
Cyclic polyolefin polymer K-1 100 parts by mass Dichloromethane 325 parts by mass Methanol 28.5 parts by mass The following additive A 20 parts by mass The following additive B 10 parts by mass The following additive E 0.3 parts by mass
上記ドープをバンド流延機にて流延した。残留溶剤量約30質量%でバンドから剥ぎ取ったフィルムをテンターにより保持しながら140℃の熱風を当てて乾燥した。その後テンター搬送からロール搬送に移行し、更に120℃から140℃で乾燥し、1440mm幅の環状オレフィン系樹脂フィルムを得た。フィルムの膜厚は25μmであった。 The above dope was cast with a band casting machine. The film peeled off from the band with a residual solvent amount of about 30% by mass was dried by applying hot air at 140 ° C. while being held by a tenter. Thereafter, the tenter transport was shifted to the roll transport, and further dried at 120 to 140 ° C. to obtain a 1440 mm wide cyclic olefin resin film. The film thickness was 25 μm.
[フィルムの作製]
溶液の流延方法としては、調製されたドープをバンド流延機にて流延した。
[Production of film]
As a solution casting method, the prepared dope was cast with a band casting machine.
延伸は、テンター法で行ったが、一旦巻き取ったフィルムを再度延伸する場合があり、その場合は,(1)巻き取ったフィルムを送り出し、(2)温度Tに調整された延伸ゾーンにいれる、(3)延伸する、(4)再度巻き取る、という工程で行った。 Stretching was performed by the tenter method, but the film once wound may be stretched again. In that case, (1) the wound film is sent out, and (2) the film is placed in a stretching zone adjusted to the temperature T. , (3) stretching, and (4) rewinding.
このようにして得られた延伸フィルムAの製造条件を表2に示す。また、延伸フィルムAの以下の光学特性を調べた。結果を表2に示す。Re、Rthはλ=590nmにて前述の方法で測定した。
(1)Re、Rthの初期値(Re(I)、Rth(I))
(2)フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後のRe、Rth(Re(T)、Rth(T))
(3)(Rth(T)/Rth(I))の値
(4)重量減少率(%)
重量減少率は、示差熱熱重量同時測定装置(TG/DTA):SII社製、型式 EXSTAR6000 TG/DTAにおいて、20℃/分の速度で温度Tまで上昇させた後,温度Tで60分間保持したときの重量減少を測定することにより算出した。重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100
(5)フィルムのヘイズ(%)の初期値
ヘイズは、フィルム試料40mm×80mmを、25℃、60%RHでヘイズメーター“HGM-2DP”{スガ試験機(株)製}でJIS K-6714に従って測定した。
(6)フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後のヘイズ(%)(熱処理後のヘイズ)
(7)延伸フィルムAの光学特性(Re、Rth)
(8)NZは、作製したフィルムのRe、Rthを測定し,算出した。
The production conditions for the stretched film A thus obtained are shown in Table 2. Further, the following optical properties of the stretched film A were examined. The results are shown in Table 2. Re and Rth were measured by the above method at λ = 590 nm.
(1) Initial values of Re and Rth (Re (I), Rth (I))
(2) Re, Rth (Re (T), Rth (T)) after holding at temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film
(3) Value of (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) (4) Weight reduction rate (%)
Weight reduction rate is measured by differential thermothermal gravimetric simultaneous measurement device (TG / DTA): Model II EXSTAR6000 TG / DTA manufactured by SII, heated to temperature T at a rate of 20 ° C./min, and held at temperature T for 60 minutes. The weight loss was calculated by measuring the weight loss. Weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100
(5) Initial value of film haze (%) The haze is JIS K-6714 using a haze meter “HGM-2DP” (manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd.) at 25 ° C. and 60% RH for a film sample of 40 mm × 80 mm. Measured according to
(6) Haze (%) after standing at temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film (haze after heat treatment)
(7) Optical properties of stretched film A (Re, Rth)
(8) NZ was calculated by measuring Re and Rth of the produced film.
(9)60℃90%RH24時間処理後の光学特性変化
延伸後のフィルムについて、25℃60%RH条件下に24時間調湿を行い、Re、Rthを測定した(各々Re-Before、Rth-Beforeとする)。
さらに上記延伸フィルムを60℃90%RH条件に24時間調湿後、サーモ条件から取り出し、25℃60%RH条件下に24時間調湿を行い、Re、Rthを測定した(各々Re-After、Rth-Afterとする)。ΔRe(60w)およびΔRth(60w)を下記式にて計算した。
ΔRe(60w)=(Re-After)-(Re-Before)
ΔRth(60w)=(Rth-After)-(Rth-Before)
評価は以下の基準で行った。
◎:|ΔRe(60w)|≦5nm、かつ、|ΔRth(60w)|≦5nm
○:5nm<|ΔRe(60w)|≦10nm、かつ、5nm<|ΔRth(60w)|≦10nm
△:10nm<|ΔRe(60w)|、かつ、10nm<|ΔRth(60w)|
(9) Change in optical properties after treatment at 60 ° C. and 90% RH for 24 hours The stretched film was conditioned at 25 ° C. and 60% RH for 24 hours, and Re and Rth were measured (Re-Before and Rth−, respectively). Before).
Further, the stretched film was conditioned at 60 ° C. and 90% RH for 24 hours, then removed from the thermo condition, conditioned at 25 ° C. and 60% RH for 24 hours, and Re and Rth were measured (re-after, Re-After, Rth-After). ΔRe (60w) and ΔRth (60w) were calculated by the following equations.
ΔRe (60w) = (Re−After) − (Re−Before)
ΔRth (60w) = (Rth−After) − (Rth−Before)
Evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
A: | ΔRe (60w) | ≦ 5 nm and | ΔRth (60w) | ≦ 5 nm
○: 5 nm <| ΔRe (60w) | ≦ 10 nm and 5 nm <| ΔRth (60w) | ≦ 10 nm
Δ: 10 nm <| ΔRe (60w) | and 10 nm <| ΔRth (60w) |
(10)フィルム波長分散性
Re(λ)、Rth(λ)は各々、波長λにおける面内のレターデーションおよび厚さ方向のレターデーションを表す。Re(λ)はKOBRA 21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)において波長λnmの光をフィルム法線方向に入射させて測定される。
フィルム波長分散性(△Re)はRe(440)―Re(630)で求めた。
(10) Film wavelength dispersibility Re (λ) and Rth (λ) represent in-plane retardation and retardation in the thickness direction at wavelength λ, respectively. Re (λ) is measured by making light having a wavelength of λ nm incident in the normal direction of the film in KOBRA 21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments).
The film wavelength dispersibility (ΔRe) was determined by Re (440) −Re (630).
(11)VA用偏光板適性
得られたフィルムをの偏光板用保護フィルムとしてVAモードの液晶表示装置に実装し、測定機(EZ-contrast 160D、ELDIM社製)を用いて、25℃60%RHの環境下で黒表示状態で方位角45°での極角60°における黒輝度(斜め黒輝度)を測定した。測定した斜め黒輝度を、下記の評価基準にしたがって評価した。
斜め黒輝度が0.4cd/m2以下をVA用偏光板適性あり(○)とした。フィルムにVA適性がないため、試験は実施していないものは(-)とした。
(11) Suitability for polarizing plate for VA The obtained film is mounted on a VA mode liquid crystal display device as a protective film for polarizing plate, and measured at 25 ° C. and 60% using a measuring instrument (EZ-contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM). The black luminance (oblique black luminance) at a polar angle of 60 ° at an azimuth angle of 45 ° was measured in a black display state under an environment of RH. The measured oblique black luminance was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
An oblique black luminance of 0.4 cd / m 2 or less was determined to be suitable for a VA polarizing plate (◯). Since the film was not suitable for VA, the test was not performed (-).
実施例2~57および比較例1~8
表2~5に示したポリマー、添加剤を用い、表2~5に示す製造条件に変更したこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、延伸フィルムを作製し、各評価を行った。結果を表6~9に示す。
Examples 2 to 57 and Comparative Examples 1 to 8
A stretched film was produced and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the polymers and additives shown in Tables 2 to 5 were used and the production conditions shown in Tables 2 to 5 were changed. The results are shown in Tables 6-9.
添加剤A~G、X、Yは以下のとおりである。
添加剤A:東亞合成社製、商品名UH2041
添加剤B:東亞合成社製、商品名UH2180
Additives A to G, X, and Y are as follows.
Additive A: Toagosei Co., Ltd., trade name UH2041
Additive B: manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., trade name UH2180
添加剤E:Ciba社製、商品名IRG1010
添加剤F:トリフェニルフォスフェート
添加剤G:ビフェニルジフェニルホスフェート
添加剤X:前記ポリエステル系ポリマーP-64
添加剤Y:前記ポリエステル系ポリマーP-6
Additive E: Product name IRG1010, manufactured by Ciba
Additive F: Triphenyl phosphate Additive G: Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate Additive X: Polyester polymer P-64
Additive Y: Polyester polymer P-6
表2~5において、添加剤の添加量は、ポリマー100質量部に対する添加剤の質量部である。 In Tables 2 to 5, the additive amount is the part by mass of the additive with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer.
本発明の製造方法により製造された延伸フィルムは、各機能性フィルムとして有用な光学特性を備え、例えば偏光板用保護フィルムとして好適に用いることができる。
本出願は、2008年3月31日出願の日本特許出願(特願2008-94235)に基づくものであり、それらの内容はここに参照して組み込まれる。
The stretched film produced by the production method of the present invention has optical characteristics useful as each functional film, and can be suitably used, for example, as a protective film for a polarizing plate.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on March 31, 2008 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2008-94235), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (10)
式I) 0.2≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.9
式I)中、Rth(T)は、前記フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後の前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Rth(I)は、前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーションの初期値である。また、前記重量減少率は、重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100で求められるものである。 A film formed by a solution casting method having an initial retardation of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction is stretched at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), and measured by TG-DTA at the temperature T The stretched film is characterized in that the weight loss rate for 60 minutes is 5% or less.
Formula I) 0.2 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.9
In Formula I), Rth (T) is a retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film after being placed at a temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film. , Rth (I) is an initial value of retardation in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film. The weight reduction rate is obtained by weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100. It is what
1.75≦Rth/Re+0.5≦5(式中、Rthはλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Reはλ=590nmにて測定した面内のレターデーション値である。) The stretched film according to claim 1, wherein optical properties after stretching satisfy the following conditions.
1.75 ≦ Rth / Re + 0.5 ≦ 5 (where Rth is the retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm, and Re is the in-plane retardation value measured at λ = 590 nm) is there.)
式I) 0.2≦(Rth(T)/Rth(I))≦0.9
式I)中、Rth(T)は、前記フィルムの少なくとも2辺を把持した状態で温度Tに3分間おいた後の前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーション値であり、Rth(I)は、前記フィルムのλ=590nmにて測定した厚さ方向のレターデーションの初期値である。また、前記重量減少率は、重量減少率(%)=[{(初期のフィルム重量)-(温度Tで60分間保持した後のフィルム重量)}/(初期のフィルム重量)]×100で求められるものである。 A step of stretching a film formed by a solution casting method having an initial value of 30 nm or more in the thickness direction at a temperature T satisfying the following formula I), and TG-DTA at the temperature T A method for producing a stretched film, wherein the weight loss rate measured for 60 minutes is 5% or less.
Formula I) 0.2 ≦ (Rth (T) / Rth (I)) ≦ 0.9
In Formula I), Rth (T) is a retardation value in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film after being placed at a temperature T for 3 minutes while holding at least two sides of the film. , Rth (I) is an initial value of retardation in the thickness direction measured at λ = 590 nm of the film. The weight reduction rate is obtained by weight reduction rate (%) = [{(initial film weight) − (film weight after holding at temperature T for 60 minutes)} / (initial film weight)] × 100. It is what
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2008-094235 | 2008-03-31 | ||
| JP2008094235 | 2008-03-31 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2009123160A1 true WO2009123160A1 (en) | 2009-10-08 |
Family
ID=41135534
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2009/056577 Ceased WO2009123160A1 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2009-03-30 | Drawn film, drawn film manufacturing method, and polarizer |
Country Status (3)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP2009265643A (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20110009094A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2009123160A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP5873643B2 (en) * | 2011-04-18 | 2016-03-01 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Cellulose ester film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device |
| KR102035406B1 (en) * | 2015-05-01 | 2019-10-22 | 코니카 미놀타 가부시키가이샤 | Polarizing plate protective film, polarizing plate with it, liquid crystal display device, and manufacturing method of polarizing plate protective film |
| JP6811111B2 (en) * | 2016-09-09 | 2021-01-13 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Removable laminated film, method for manufacturing polarizing plate, and polarizing plate |
| JPWO2018074513A1 (en) * | 2016-10-19 | 2019-08-08 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, and polarizing plate |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006235483A (en) * | 2005-02-28 | 2006-09-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Cellulose acylate film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate |
| JP2006306027A (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2006-11-09 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Optical film, its manufacturing method, and polarizing plate using the optical film |
| JP2007079560A (en) * | 2005-08-17 | 2007-03-29 | Fujifilm Corp | Optical resin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same |
| JP2007119717A (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2007-05-17 | Fujifilm Corp | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP4617593B2 (en) * | 2001-04-02 | 2011-01-26 | コニカミノルタホールディングス株式会社 | Method for producing retardation film |
| JP4940845B2 (en) * | 2006-09-13 | 2012-05-30 | Dic株式会社 | Cellulose ester resin modifier and cellulose ester film containing the same |
-
2009
- 2009-03-27 JP JP2009080578A patent/JP2009265643A/en not_active Abandoned
- 2009-03-30 WO PCT/JP2009/056577 patent/WO2009123160A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2009-03-30 KR KR1020107021822A patent/KR20110009094A/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006235483A (en) * | 2005-02-28 | 2006-09-07 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Cellulose acylate film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate |
| JP2006306027A (en) * | 2005-03-28 | 2006-11-09 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Optical film, its manufacturing method, and polarizing plate using the optical film |
| JP2007119717A (en) * | 2005-04-22 | 2007-05-17 | Fujifilm Corp | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device |
| JP2007079560A (en) * | 2005-08-17 | 2007-03-29 | Fujifilm Corp | Optical resin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JP2009265643A (en) | 2009-11-12 |
| KR20110009094A (en) | 2011-01-27 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP2011154360A (en) | Optical film and method for manufacturing the same | |
| US7927672B2 (en) | Optical cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display | |
| JP4856989B2 (en) | Optical resin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
| JP2009179651A (en) | the film | |
| WO2009110159A1 (en) | Cellulose ester film, retardation film using the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2010242050A (en) | Cellulose ester film, retardation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
| CN101023122B (en) | Optical cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display | |
| CN101248116A (en) | Polymer film, cyclic polyolefin film, method for producing the same, optical compensation film, polarizer, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2010215878A (en) | Cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display apparatus | |
| CN100573201C (en) | Polarizers and Liquid Crystal Displays | |
| US20080273146A1 (en) | Cellulose Acylate Film, Polarizing Plate And Liquid Crystal Display | |
| KR20060051547A (en) | Polarizer and Liquid Crystal Display | |
| US20080107832A1 (en) | Optical Film, Process of Producing the Same, Polarizing Plate Including the Same, and Liquid Crystal Display | |
| WO2007105831A1 (en) | Cyclic polyolefin film, process for producing the film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
| CN100573202C (en) | Optical compensating film, polaroid and liquid crystal indicator | |
| WO2009123160A1 (en) | Drawn film, drawn film manufacturing method, and polarizer | |
| JP2008052262A (en) | Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device | |
| JP2009241557A (en) | Transparent laminated film and polarizing plate | |
| JP4881827B2 (en) | Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
| JP2009108286A (en) | Cyclic polyolefin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
| JP2006028479A (en) | Optical cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display | |
| JP2008120905A (en) | Cyclic polyolefin film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same | |
| JP2009083308A (en) | Method for producing cyclic olefin film | |
| JP2006299114A (en) | Cellulose acylate film for use in optics, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display unit | |
| JP2009114303A (en) | Cyclic olefin film |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 09727636 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20107021822 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 09727636 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |